Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 159

Viet Capital Center

Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam


Façade Specifications

16 May 2016

Prepared For Prepared By

Meinhardt (Thailand) Ltd


Phuong Nam 3A-2 Business Property Joint Stock
6th, 15th, 16th Floors, Thanapoom Tower,
Company 1550 New Petchburi Road,
5th Floor, 112-118 Hai Ba Trung Street Makkasan, Ratchtevee,
Dakao Ward, District 1 Bangkok, 10400, Thailand
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Project No. MFTH-14-80007

Date Revision Prepared By Checked By Approved By

16 May 2016 - Roger Cua - -

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

100 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................... 5
110 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................... 5
120 SPECIFICATION AND TENDER DRAWINGS .................................................................................... 5
130 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 6
140 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................................................... 6
150 ABBREVATIONS .................................................................................................................................. 7
160 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................... 7
161 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODES/STANDARDS ............................................................. 7
162 LOCAL BUILDING CODES/STANDARDS ............................................................................. 17
200 SCOPE OF WORKS AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ................................................... 18
210 FAÇADE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITES ................................................................................. 18
220 FAÇADE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................... 19
230 INTERFACE ....................................................................................................................................... 23
231 DRAINAGE.............................................................................................................................. 23
232 LIGHTING ............................................................................................................................... 23
233 SECURITY SYSTEMS AND FIRE SERVICES ...................................................................... 23
234 SIGNAGE AND INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS .......................................................... 24
235 MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL LOUVRES............................................................................. 24
236 BMU SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................ 24
240 TENDER SUBMISSIONS ................................................................................................................... 24
241 OTHER REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 25
250 POST TENDER SUBMISSIONS ........................................................................................................ 25
251 SHOP DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................. 26
252 CALCULATIONS AND OTHERS............................................................................................ 27
253 AUTHORITY SUBMISSIONS ................................................................................................. 28
254 SCHEDULE SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................. 28
255 MATERIAL AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS ........................................................................... 28
256 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES MANUAL............................................................................ 29
257 PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORT ......................................................................................... 29
260 PRIOR TO HAND-OVER SUBMISSIONS ......................................................................................... 29
261 MAINTENANCE & OPERATING MANUALS ......................................................................... 29
262 AS-BUILT RECORD DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................... 30
263 WARRANTIES ........................................................................................................................ 30
270 SPARE PARTS................................................................................................................................... 32

300 QUALTITY ASSURANCE / VERIFICATION ............................................................................. 34


310 MOCK-UPS ........................................................................................................................................ 34
311 VISUAL MOCK-UP ................................................................................................................. 34
312 DETAIL PROTOTYPE TRIAL ASSEMBLIES OF MULLION/TRANSOM JUNCTIONS ........ 34
313 PERFORMANCE MOCK-UP .................................................................................................. 34
320 FIELD TEST ....................................................................................................................................... 40
321 WATER FIELD TEST .............................................................................................................. 40
322 OTHER FIELD TESTS ............................................................................................................ 41
330 MATERIALS TESTING....................................................................................................................... 42
331 ALUMINIUM STUDS ............................................................................................................... 42
332 SCREW FIXINGS ................................................................................................................... 43
333 SILICONE SEALANT .............................................................................................................. 43
340 QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................................................................... 44
341 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 44
342 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES – FACTORY .............................................................. 45
343 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES – ON SITE................................................................. 46
344 REPORTING ........................................................................................................................... 46
400 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................. 47
410 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................... 47

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page1
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

411 DESIGN LIFE .......................................................................................................................... 47


412 SAFETY IN DESIGN ............................................................................................................... 47
413 FIXING BRACKETS & ANCHORAGES ................................................................................. 47
420 VISUAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................. 48
430 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 49
431 DEAD LOADS ......................................................................................................................... 49
432 LIVE LOADS ........................................................................................................................... 49
433 WIND LOADS ......................................................................................................................... 49
434 SEISMIC LOADS .................................................................................................................... 50
435 OTHER LOADS ...................................................................................................................... 50
436 BUILDING MOVEMENTS ....................................................................................................... 50
437 THERMAL STRESSES/MOVEMENTS .................................................................................. 51
440 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 51
450 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................... 52
460 TOLERANCE ...................................................................................................................................... 52
461 BASE BUILDING TOLERANCE ............................................................................................. 52
462 FABRICATION TOLERANCES .............................................................................................. 53
463 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES ............................................................................................. 53
470 OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................. 53
480 DEFLECTION LIMITS ........................................................................................................................ 54

500 MATERIAL, PRODUCTS AND COMPONENTS....................................................................... 57


510 GLASS ................................................................................................................................................ 57
511 HEAT TREATED (HEAT-STRENGTHENED AND FULLY TEMPERED) GLASS ................ 58
512 LAMINATED GLASS .............................................................................................................. 60
513 INSULATING GLASS UNITS ................................................................................................. 61
514 VISUAL EFFECTS AND COATINGS ..................................................................................... 62
515 FIRE RATED GLASS .............................................................................................................. 64
516 GLASS TOLERANCE AND DEFECT LIMITS ........................................................................ 65
520 SEAL, SEAL ACCESSORIES AND GLAZING ACCESSORIES ....................................................... 65
521 STRUCTURAL SEALANT ...................................................................................................... 66
522 WEATHER SEALANTS .......................................................................................................... 68
523 BACKER RODS ...................................................................................................................... 69
524 TAPES ..................................................................................................................................... 69
525 GLAZING ACCESSORIES ..................................................................................................... 69
526 GASKETS ............................................................................................................................... 70
527 SETTING BLOCKS ................................................................................................................. 70
530 ALUMINIUM ........................................................................................................................................ 72
531 ALUMINIUM EXTRUSIONS ................................................................................................... 72
532 ALUMINIUM PANELS ............................................................................................................. 73
533 COMPOSITE PANEL .............................................................................................................. 73
534 ALUMINIUM WELDING .......................................................................................................... 77
535 ALUMINIUM FINISHING - ANODISED .................................................................................. 77
536 ALUMINIUM PAINTING – FLUOROCARBON ....................................................................... 78
537 ALUMINIUM PAINTING – POWDER COATING .................................................................... 80
538 ALUMINIUM FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY ..................................................................... 83
540 FIXINGS AND ANCHORAGES .......................................................................................................... 85
541 CAST-IN CHANNEL................................................................................................................ 86
542 ANCHORAGE ......................................................................................................................... 88
543 OTHER FIXINGS .................................................................................................................... 88
550 FAÇADE COMPONENTS .................................................................................................................. 90
551 BACKPAN ............................................................................................................................... 90
552 INSULATION ........................................................................................................................... 90
553 FIRE STOP AND SMOKE SEAL ............................................................................................ 90
554 SILL AND CURTAIN BOX ...................................................................................................... 91
555 AIR SEALS AND BAFFLE ...................................................................................................... 91
556 THERMAL BREAKS ............................................................................................................... 91
557 FLASHING .............................................................................................................................. 92
560 HARDWARE / IRONMONGERY ........................................................................................................ 93
561 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 93
562 SWING DOORS OR WINDOWS ............................................................................................ 93
563 SLIDING DOORS OR WINDOWS.......................................................................................... 94
564 OPERABLE DOORS & HINGES ............................................................................................ 94
565 AUTOMATIC DOOR ............................................................................................................... 95
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page2
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

566 FIRE RATED DOORS AND WINDOWS ................................................................................ 95


570 OTHER ITEMS ................................................................................................................................... 95
571 BMU RESTRAINT SOCKETS AND TIE-BACK PLUNGERS................................................. 95
572 LOUVRES & GRILLES ........................................................................................................... 95
573 ANTI-CARBONATION COATING........................................................................................... 97
580 STEEL FRAME WORK ...................................................................................................................... 97
581 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 97
582 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 97
583 WELDING ................................................................................................................................ 98
584 PROTECTIVE COATINGS ................................................................................................... 100
585 HOT DIP GALVANISED STEELWORK ............................................................................... 100
586 OTHERS ............................................................................................................................... 101
587 ERECTION ............................................................................................................................ 101
588 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES ....................................................................................... 102
589 STAINLESS STEEL .............................................................................................................. 102
590 SUSPENDED POINT-SUPPORTED GLASS SYSTEMS................................................................ 103
591 EXPOSED METAL FITTINGS .............................................................................................. 103
592 MULLION RESTRAINT BOXES ........................................................................................... 103
593 FASTENERS AND TENSION ROD MEMBERS .................................................................. 103
594 CONNECTING FORK MEMBERS ....................................................................................... 104
595 POINT SUPPORTED FIXING BRACKETS (SPIDERS) ...................................................... 104
596 TENSION ANCHOR BRACKETS AND SUSPENSION RODS ........................................... 105
597 GLASS FINS ......................................................................................................................... 105
600 STONE WORKS ............................................................................................................................... 105
601 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 105
602 STONE SELECTION PROCESS ......................................................................................... 106
603 STONE ENGINEERING ....................................................................................................... 107
604 STONE MANUFACTURER .................................................................................................. 107
605 STONE TESTING ................................................................................................................. 108
606 STONE SEALER................................................................................................................... 111
607 STONE ADHESIVE............................................................................................................... 111
610 PRECAST CONCRETE ................................................................................................................... 112
611 AGGREGATES ..................................................................................................................... 112
612 CEMENT ............................................................................................................................... 115
613 STEEL BAR AND STEEL FABRIC ....................................................................................... 116
614 OTHERS ............................................................................................................................... 116
620 SOLID façade FINIsHES .................................................................................................................. 119
621 GLASS FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE (GFRC) .......................................................... 119
622 FIBRE REINFORCED PLASTIC .......................................................................................... 122
623 VITREOUS ENAMEL ............................................................................................................ 125
630 ROOFING ............................................................................................................................... 127
631 METAL ROOFING ................................................................................................................ 127
632 SLATE ROOFS ..................................................................................................................... 129
640 canopy ................................................................................................................................... 132
641 MEMBRANE CANOPY ......................................................................................................... 132
642 CUSHION CANOPY ............................................................................................................. 134
900 EXECUTION ........................................................................................................................... 137
910 FABRICATION.................................................................................................................................. 137
920 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND TOLERANCES ............................................................... 138
930 SEALANT APPLICATION ................................................................................................................ 138
931 GLAZING (STRUCTURAL SEALANT) ................................................................................. 139
940 FAÇADE SYSTEM INSTALLATION ................................................................................................ 141
950 PROTECTION AND CLEANING ...................................................................................................... 143

APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................................. i
APPENDIX ‘A’ - MATERIALS FINISHES SCHEDULE .................................................................................... i
A. FAÇADE GLASS........................................................................................................................ i
B. ALUMINIUM FEATURES – (INCLUDING FEATURES) ..........................................................iii
C. BACKPANS ...............................................................................................................................iii
APPENDIX ‘B’ – BUILDING REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. iv
A. STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................... iv
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page3
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

B. ME REQUIREMENTS (LOUVER REQUIREMENTS) ............................................................. iv


APPENDIX ‘C’ - DRAWING + CALCULATION SUBMISSION ....................................................................... v
APPENDIX ‘D’ - TESTING SCHEDULE AND PERFORMANCE PROTOTYPE TESTING .......................... vi
APPENDIX ‘E’ - MATERIALS OFFERED LIST .............................................................................................. xi

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page4
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

100 INTRODUCTION

110 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The proposed Viet Capital Center is situated in 3A‐3B Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1, Ho Chi
Minh City, Vietnam. The project comprises the construction of a 40 levels mixed-use office and
residential.
The façade shall be a fully unitized system with low-e insulated glass at the tower and podium
areas with aluminium grills wrapping the whole building.

The Façade contractor is to refer to Façade Consultant and Architectural tender drawings for
location of the various façade elements covered by the following technical specification.

120 SPECIFICATION AND TENDER DRAWINGS


 This is a performance specification. The architectural and façade drawings, together
with the specification define the:
 Scope of works
 Performance parameters
 Minimum acceptable standards
 Validation procedures for design, fabrication, assembling and installation
 The Drawings and Specification provide an indicative solution of the works and generic
design principles and intentions only, and shall be developed, tested and warranted to
comply with the design intentions on the drawings, specified performance criteria and
requirements, and relevant statutory and project requirements.
 The Tender drawings are diagrammatic and do not purport to identify or solve
completely, the problems of thermal or structural movement, pressure equalization,
vapour barriers, fixing and anchorages, flatness and stability of facing and moisture
disposal.
 The Tender drawings do not purport to solve problems at the glass line associated
with glass movement, pressure factor or thermal shock.
 The Tender drawings indicate profile and configuration required together with
relationship to structural frame and interior building elements.
 The Tender drawings contain details that suggest directions for solving some of the
major design requirements, and the Façade contractor may use these details and
develop them as he deems best. Alternatives proposed by Tenderers to the design
nominated on the tender drawings will be considered provided they satisfy all the
performance requirements of this specification.
 The specification is of the “performance” type and includes the minimum requirements
of the External Cladding and Curtain Wall System without limiting the façade
contractor to the methods of achieving such performance.
 Where clauses within this specification or with other contract documents are found to
be contradicting each other, the more stringent clause shall apply.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page5
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

130 DEFINITIONS
Throughout this document the following definitions apply:

Item Definition
The Scope of Works The works defined under this specification together
with the Projects Architect’s and Project Façade
The Contract Works
Consultant’s contract and Tender drawings and
The Works specification.

The Employer Viet Capital Real Estate

Architect or Project Architect S.O.M. / dwp Vietnam

Façade Consultant Meinhardt (Thailand) Ltd.

Employer’s Representative The employer’s officer for the Works under Contract.
The Employer’s Representative may delegate certain
duties and review of submissions to his Consultants
including Architects, Façade Consultants and other
Specialist Consultants.

Façade Contractor The party contracted to undertake the works, ie. The
façade contractor for fabrication, installation and any
works defined under this specification and
Architectural drawings.

Substantial Completion the stage in the progress of the Work where the
Work or designated portion is sufficiently complete in
accordance with the Contract Documents so that the
Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended
use.

Defect Liability Period (DLP) the period commencing on the date that the Contract
Works have achieved Practical Completion and
expiring on the date twelve (12) months after the
date of practical completion of the Works as certified
by the Employer's Representative under the
Contract.

‘allow’ That the cost of item referred to is the responsibility


of the Façade contractor.

‘provide’ Supply and install.

140 RELATED DOCUMENTS


This Specification shall be read in conjunction with all other related contract documents and in
particular:
 The Tender Drawings
 The Contract and Contract Preliminaries
 The Architectural Drawings; Material Schedules
 The Bill of Quantity and other contract documents
 The Wind Tunnel Test and Design Wind Load Study

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page6
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

150 ABBREVATIONS
There is common industry abbreviations used in this document. These include the following but
not necessary be limited to the following items:
 BCA: Building Construction Authority - Singapore
 BCA: Building Code of Australia
 BD: Building Department – Hongkong
 IGU: Insulated Glazed Units
 PVDF / PVF2: Poly vinylidene fluoride
 GFRC: Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete
 FRP: Fibre Reinforced Plastic
 PTFE: Poly tetrafluoroethylene
 ETFE: Ethylene tetrafluoroethylene

160 REFERENCES
The following sections outline the International Codes, Standards and Regulations to which all
work outlined in the Tender Documents must conform. The Façade contractor is responsible to
ensure that all works are in complete compliance with these and other Codes, Standards and
Regulation referred to within this Specification.
 No substitution for the following codes will be accepted without endorsement from the
Employer’s Representative and / or Façade Consultants
 The Façade contractor shall be responsible for ensuring all work is carried out in
accordance with the local Authorities
 Wherever there is a conflict between different codes, the requirements of the more
stringent code shall apply
 The most recent or current version of these documents shall apply

161 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODES/STANDARDS

Comply with current edition of required Standards and Codes of Practice, including:

1. ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION (AA)


 AA ASD1 Aluminum Standards and Data

2. AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA)


 AAMA 501 Methods of Test for Exterior Walls
 AAMA 501.1 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows,
Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure
 AAMA 501.2 Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field
Check of Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped
Glazing Systems
 AAMA 502 Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and
Sliding Glass Doors
 AAMA 507 Standard Practice for Determining the Thermal Performance
Characteristics of Fenestration Systems Installed in
Commercial Buildings
 AAMA 611 Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page7
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 AAMA 1503.1 Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and


Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed
Wall Sections
 AAMA 2603 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and
Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on
Aluminum Extrusions and Panels
 AAMA 2604 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and
Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on
Aluminum Extrusions and Panels
 AAMA 2605 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and
Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings
on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels
 AAMA CW-10 Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to
Site
 AAMA CW-11 Design Wind loads for Buildings and Boundary Layer Wind
Tunnel Testing
 AAMA CW-DG-1 Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual
 AAMA MCWM-1 Metal Curtain Wall Manual
 AAMA SFM-1 Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Manual - AAMA
Technical Reference Manual - Volume III (AAMA-III)
 AAMA TIR A9 Metal Curtain Wall Fasteners proof reading
 AAMA TIR-A11 Maximum Allowable Deflection of Framing Systems for
Building Cladding Components at Design Wind Loads

3. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI):


 ACI 318-318R Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and
Commentary

4. AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC):


 AISC 325 Steel Construction Manual

5. AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI):


 AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
Members
 AISI Stainless Steel Cold-Formed Structural Design Manual

6. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI):


 ANSI Z97.1 Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety
Glazing Material Used in Buildings
 ANSI A250.4 Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical
Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcing
 ANSI A250.5 Accelerated Physical Endurance Test Procedure for Steel
Doors, Frames, and Frame Anchors
 ANSI A156.18 Specifications for Materials and Finishes
 ANSI A118.4 American National Standard Specification for Latex-
Portland Cement Mortar

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page8
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

7. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE):


 ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

8. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM):


 ASTM A36/ A 36M Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety
Glazing Material Used in Buildings
 ASTM A276 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shape
 ASTM A424/A424M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain
Enameling
 ASTM A463/A463M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminium-Coated,
by the Hot-Dip Process
 ASTM A618/A618M Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and
Seamless High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Tubing
 ASTM A653/A653 M Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-
Coated (Galvannealed) by Hot-Dip Process
 ASTM A666 Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked
Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar
 ASTM A780 Standard Practice for Repair of Damage and Uncoated Areas
of Hot-Dip Galvanize Coatings
 ASTM A792/ A792M Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminium-Zinc Alloy
Coated by Hot Dip Process
 ASTM A1008/A1008M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon
Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength
Low-Alloy with Improved Formability
 ASTM A1011/A1011M Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,
 ASTM B209/B209M Standard Specification for Aluminium and Aluminium-Alloy
Sheet and Plate
 ASTM B221/B221M Standard Specification for Aluminium and Aluminium-Alloy
Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes
 ASTM B499 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Coating
Thickness by the Magnetic Method
 ASTM B916 Standard Test Method for Adherence of Porcelain Enamel
Coatings to Sheet Metal
 ASTM C286 Standard Terminology Relating to Porcelain Enamel and
Ceramic-Metal Systems
 ASTM C374 Standard Test Methods for Fusion Flow of Porcelain Enamel
Frits (Flow-Button Methods)
 ASTM C509 Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and
Sealing Material
 ASTM C536 Standard Test Method for Continuity of Coatings in Glassed
Steel Equipment by Electrical Testing
 ASTM C537 Standard Test Method for Reliability of Glass Coatings on
Glassed Steel Reaction Equipment by High Voltage
 ASTM C581 Standard Practice for Determining Chemical Resistance
of Thermosetting Resins Used in Glass - Fiber -
Reinforced Structures Intended for Liquid Service
 ASTM C661 Indentation for Elastomeric Type Sealant by Means of
Durometer

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page9
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 ASTM C719 Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of


Elastomeric Joint Sealant under Cyclic Movement (Hockman
Cycle)
 ASTM C743 Standard Test Method for Continuity of Porcelain Enamel
Coatings
 ASTM C774 Standard Test Method for Yield Strength of Enameling
Steels After Straining and Firing
 ASTM C792 Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking, and
Chalking of Elastomeric Sealant
 ASTM C794 Test Method for Adhesion-in-Peel of Elastomeric Joint
Sealants
 ASTM C864 Specifications for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal
Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers
 ASTM C920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
 ASTM C1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass
 ASTM C1048 Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass – Kind
HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass
 ASTM C1087 Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid-Applied
Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing
Systems
 ASTM C1172 Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Glass
 ASTM C1184 Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants
 ASTM C1199 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Steady-State
Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems Using Hot
Box Methods
 ASTM C1253 Standard Test Method for Determining the Outgassing
Potential of Sealant Backing
 ASTM C1363 Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building
Materials and Envelope Assemblies by means of a Hot Box
Apparatus
 ASTM C1376 Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition
Coatings on Flat Glass
 ASTM C1401 Standard Guide for Structural Sealant Glazing
 ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and
Thermoplastic Elastomers—Tension
 ASTM D790 Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced
Plastics
 ASTM D2200 Pictorial Surface Preparation Standard for Painting Steel
Surface.
 ASTM D2224 Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences
from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates
 ASTM D2247 Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance Coating in
100% Relative Humidity
 ASTM D2583 Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics
by Means of a Barcol Impresser
 ASTM D2584 Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced
Resins
 ASTM D2563 Classifying Visual Defects in Glass Reinforced Plastic
Laminate Parts

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page10
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 ASTM D2794 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to


the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact)
 ASTM D3039 Tensile Properties of Plastics
 ASTM D3363 Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test
 ASTM D3359 Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape
Test
 ASTM D3330/D3330M Standard Test Method for Peel Adhesion of Pressure-
Sensitive Tape
 ASTM D3363 Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test
 ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
 ASTM E119 Standard test Methods for Fire Tests of Building
Construction and Materials
 ASTM E136 Standard Test Method for Behaviour of Materials in a
Vertical Tube Furnace at 750˚C
 ASTM E283 Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors
 ASTM E330 Structural Performances of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference
 ASTM E331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure
Difference
 ASTM E547 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of
Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by
Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference
 ASTM E773 Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed
Insulating Glass Units
 ASTM E774 Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability
of Sealed Insulating Glass Units
 ASTM E1105 Standard Test Method for Field Determination of
Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Wndows, Skylights,
Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air
Pressure Difference
 ASTM E1300 Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass
in Buildings
 ASTM E1399 Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and
Maximum Joint width of Architectural Joint Systems
 ASTM E2074 Standard Test Method for Fire Test of Door assemblies,
including Positives Pressure Testing of Side Hinged and
Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies
 ASTM E2188 Standard Test Method for Insulating Glass Unit Performance
 ASTM E2189 Standard Test Method for Testing Resistance to Fogging in
Insulating Glass Units
 ASTM E2190 Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance
and Evaluation
 ASTM F1178 Standard Specification for Performance of Enameling
System, Baking, Metal Joiner Work and Furniture
 ASTM G154 Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus
for UV Exposure of Non-metallic Materials

9. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)


Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page11
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 AWS D1.1/D1.1M Structural Welding Code-Steel


 AWS D1.2/D1.2M Structural Welding Code Aluminium

10. BRITISH STANDARDS (BS)


 BS 476 -4 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Non-
combustibility test for materials
 BS 476 -6 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Method of
test for fire propagation for products
 BS 476 -7 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Method of
test to determine the classification of the surface spread of
flame of products
 BS 476-20 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Method for
determination of the fire resistance of elements of
construction (general principles)
 BS 476-22 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Methods for
determination of the fire resistance of non-load bearing
elements of construction.
 BS 952-1 Glass for Glazing Classification; section 4
 BS 1161 Specification for Aluminium Alloy Sections for Structural
Purposes
 BS 1449-1.1 Steel plate, sheet and strip. Carbon and carbon-manganese
plate, sheet and strip. General specification.
 BS 3692 ISO Metric Precision Hexagon Bolts, Screws, and Nuts
Specification
 BS 3712-4 Building and construction sealants. Method for test for
adhesion in peel
 BS 3987 Specification for anodic oxidation coatings on wrought
aluminium for external Architectural applications.
 BS 4255-1 Rubber used in preformed gaskets for weather exclusion
from buildings. Specification for non-cellular gaskets.
 BS 4320 Specification for Metal Washers for General Engineering
Purposes (Metric Series)
 BS 4479-8 Design of Articles that are to be coated, Recommendation
for Vitreous Enamel Coatings
 BS 4652 Specification for zinc-rich priming paint (organic media).
 BS 4842 Specification for liquid organic coatings for application
to aluminum alloy extrusions, sheet and preformed sections
for external Architectural purposes, and for the finish on
aluminum alloy extrusions, sheet and preformed
sections coated with liquid organic coatings
 BS 4871-3 Specification for approval testing of welders working to
approved welding procedures. Arc welding of tube to tube-
plate joints in metallic materials
 BS 5588-0 Fire precautions in the design, construction and use of
buildings. Guide to fire safety codes of practice for
particular premises/applications
 BS 5588-11 Fire precautions in the design, construction and use of
buildings. Code of practice for shops, offices, industrial,
storage and other similar buildings

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page12
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 BS 5750-8 AMENDMENT 1 Quality Systems - Part 8: Guide to Quality


Management and Quality Systems Elements for Services
 BS 5950-1 Code of Practice for Design in Simple and Continuous
Construction: Hot Rolled Sections
 BS 6161-18 Methods of test for anodic oxidation coatings on aluminum
and its alloys. Determination of surface abrasion resistance
 BS 6180 Barriers in and about buildings. Code of practice
 BS 6206 Specification for impact performance requirements for flat
safety glass and safety plastics for use in buildings
 BS 6213 Selection of Construction Sealant
 BS 6262 Code of Practice in Building: Glass and Glazing
 BS 6375-1 Performance of Windows: Classification of Weather
Tightness and Guidance on Selection and Specification
 BS 6399-1 Loading for buildings. Code of practice for dead and
imposed loads
 BS 6399-2 Loading for buildings. Code of practice for wind loads
 BS 6496 Specification for powder organic coatings for application and
stoving to aluminum alloy extrusion, sheet and preformed
sections for external Architectural purposes, and for the
finish on aluminum alloy extrusions, sheet and
preformed sections coated
 BS 6993-2 Thermal and Radiometric Properties of Glazing. Method of
Direct Measurement of U-Value (Thermal Transmittance)
 BS 7475 Specification for Fusion Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel
 BS 7543 Guide to durability of buildings and building elements,
products and components
 BS 7664 Specification for Undercoat and Finishing Paints
 BS 7668 Specification for weldable structural steels. Hot finished
structural hollow sections in weather resistant steels.
 BS 7671 Requirements for electrical installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations.
 BS 7773 Code of Practice for Leaning and Preparation of Surfaces
 BS 8118 -1 Structural use of Aluminum - Part 1: Code of practice for
design
 BS 8200 Code of practice for design of non-load bearing external
vertical enclosures of buildings.
 BS 8221-1 Code of practice for cleaning and surface repair of buildings.
Cleaning of natural stones, brick, terracotta and concrete
 BS 8298 Code of practice for design and installation of natural stone
cladding and lining

11. EUROPEAN NORM (EN)


 EN 13050 Curtain Walling. Water tightness. Laboratory Test
under Dynamic Condition of Air Pressure and Water Spray
 EN 287-1 Qualification test of welders. Fusion welding. Steels.
 EN 485-1 Aluminum and aluminum alloys. Sheet, strip and plate.
Technical conditions for inspection and delivery
 EN 515 Aluminum and aluminum alloys. Wrought products.
Temper designations
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page13
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 EN 572-2 Glass in building. Basic soda lime silicate glass products.


Float glass
 EN 755-2 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys - Extruded Rod/Bar, Tube
and Profiles Part 2: Mechanical Properties
 EN 1026 Windows and doors. Air permeability. Test method
 EN 1027 Windows and doors. Water tightness. Test method
 EN 1363 Fire Resistance Tests
 EN 1364 Fire Resistance Test for Non-load bearing Elements
 EN 1863-2 Glass in building. Heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass.
Evaluation of conformity. Product standard
 EN 1993-1-3 Euro code 3. Design of steel structures. General rules.
Supplementary rules for cold-formed members and
sheeting
 EN 10025-1 Hot rolled products of structural steels - Part 1: general
technical delivery conditions
 EN 10025-6 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical delivery
conditions for flat products of high yield strength structural
steels in the quenched and tempered condition
 EN 10051 Continuously hot-rolled uncoated plate, sheet and strip of
non-alloy and alloy steels -Tolerances on dimensions and
shape
 EN 10088-2 Stainless steels. Technical delivery conditions for sheet/plate
and strip of corrosion resisting steels for general
purposes.
 EN 10143 Continuously hot-dip coated steel sheet and strip.
Tolerances on dimensions and shape
 EN 10296-1 Welded circular steel tubes for mechanical and
general engineering purposes Technical delivery conditions
Part 1: Non-alloy and alloy steel tubes
 EN 10297-1 Seamless circular steel tubes for mechanical and
general engineering purposes Technical delivery conditions
Part 1: Non-alloy and alloy steel tubes
 EN 10326 Continuously hot-dip coated strip and sheet of structural
steels. Technical delivery condition
 EN 12002 Adhesives for tiles. Determination of transverse
deformation for cementitious adhesives and grouts
 EN 12004 Adhesives for tiles. Definitions and specifications
 EN 12152 Curtain walling. Air permeability. Performance requirements
and classification
 EN 12153 Curtain walling. Air permeability. Test method
 EN 12154 Curtain walling. Water tightness. Performance requirements
and classification
 EN 12155 Curtain walling. Water tightness. Laboratory test under
static pressure
 EN 12210 Windows and doors. Resistance to wind load. Classification
 EN 12211 Windows and doors. Resistance to wind load. Test method
 EN 12372 Natural stone test methods - Determination of flexural
strength under concentrated load

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page14
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 EN 12373-1 Aluminum and aluminum alloys. Anodizing. Method


for specifying decorative and protective anodic oxidation
coatings on aluminum
 EN 12600 Glass in building. Pendulum test. Impact test method
and classification for flat glass
 EN 13116 Curtain walling. Resistance to wind load.
Performance requirements
 EN 13161 Natural stone test methods. Determination of flexural
strength under constant moment
 EN 13438 Paints and varnishes. Powder organic coatings for
galvanized or sherardised steel products for construction
purposes
 EN 13947 Thermal performance of curtain walling. Calculation of
thermal transmittance
 EN 14179 Glass in building. Heat-soaked thermally-toughened soda
lime silicate safety glass. Definition and description
 EN 62305-1 Protection against lightning. General principles
 EN ISO 354 Acoustics. Measurement of Sound Absorption in a
Reverberation Room
 EN ISO 140-1 Acoustic. Measurement of Sound Insulation in building and
of building elements. Requirements for laboratory test
facilities with suppressed flanking transmission
 EN ISO 1461 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabrication iron and steel
articles. Specification and test methods
 EN ISO 2560 Welding consumables. Covered electrodes for manual metal
arc welding of non-alloy and fine grain steels. Classification
 EN ISO 3497 Metallic coatings. Measurement of coating thickness. X-ray
spectrometric methods
 EN ISO 8501-1 Preparation of Steel substrates, before Application of Paint
 EN ISO 12543 Glass in building. Laminated glass and laminated glass
safety glass. Laminated glass
 EN ISO 12944-4 Paints and varnishes. Corrosion protection of steel
structures by protective paint systems. Types of surface and
surface preparation
 EN ISO 14713 Protection against corrosion of Iron and Steel in Structure
 EN ISO 15613 Specification and qualification of welding procedures for
metallic materials. Qualification based on pre-production
welding test
 EN ISO 3506-1 Mechanical Properties of Corrosion-Resistant Stainless Steel
Fasteners Part 1: Bolts, Screws and Studs
 EN ISO 10077-2 Thermal performance of windows, doors and shutters –
calculation of thermal transmittance – Part 2; numerical
method for frames
 EN ISO 10848-3 Acoustics-laboratory measurements of the flanking
transmission of airborne and impact sound between
adjoining rooms – Part 3: application to light elements when
the junction has a substantial influence
 EN ISO 11600 Building construction. Jointing products. Classification and
requirements for sealants

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page15
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 EN 14179 Glass in building – Heat soaked thermally toughened soda


lime silicate safety glass

12. ASSOCIATION OF QUALITY IN THE LACQUERING, PAINTING AND COATING


INDUSTRY (QUALICOAT)
 Specifications for a Quality Label for Paint, Lacquer and Powder Coatings on
Aluminium For Architectural Applications

13. GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA):


 GANA Glazing Manual

14. INSULATING GLASS CERTIFICATION COUNCIL (IGCC):


 IGCC Certified Product

15. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS


(NAAMM):
 NAAMM AMP 500 Metal Finishes Manual

16. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) :


 OSHA STD1-3.3 Building Anchors used for Intermittent Stabilization
of a Suspended Powered Platform in Window Washing
Operations and light Building Maintenance

17. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE INSTITUTE (PCI):


 PCI MNL-120 PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Pre-stressed Concrete

18. THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)


 SSPC - SP 1 Solvent Cleaning
 SSPC SP 6 or NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning

19. U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC)


 16 CFR 1201 Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials

20. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING


ENGINEERS, INC. (ASHRAE)
 ASHRAE 90.1 Energy Standard for Building except Low Rise (Residential
Building) Required U - Factor and Solar Heat Gain and
Specify NFRC for Compliance

21. AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL, INC. (AMCA)


 AMCA 500-L-99 Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating
 AMCA 501 Application Manual for Louvers

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page16
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

22. HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING MANUFACTURERS


ASSOCIATION (HEVAC)
 5th Edition of HEVAC Technical Specification ‘Laboratory Testing and Rating of
Weather Louvers when subjected to simulated rain

23. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)


 NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives
 NFPA 251 Standard Methods of Tests of Fire Endurance of
Building Construction and Materials
 NFPA 252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
 NFPA 257 Standard on Fire Tests for Window and Glass Block
Assemblies
 NFPA 259 Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building
Materials

24. UNIFORM BUILDING CODE (UBC)


 UBC 8-1 Test Method for Surface burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
 UBC 26-1 Test Method to Determine Potential Heat of Building Materials
 UBC 26-9 Method of Test for Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of
Exterior, Non load-bearing Wall Assemblies Containing
Combustible Components Using the Intermediate-scale, Multi
story Test Apparatus
 UBC 7-1 Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials

25. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. (UL):


 UL 9 Standard for Fire Tests of Window Assemblies
 UL 10B Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
 UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
 UL 263 Standard for Fire tests of Building Construction and
Materials

162 LOCAL BUILDING CODES/STANDARDS

Comply with current edition of required Standards and Codes of Practice, including:

 VIETNAM STANDARDS
 TCVN 7505-2005 Application – Glass in Building – Selection and Installation
 TCVN 2737 : 1995 Loads and Actions – Design Code
 TCVN 7736:2007 Glass in Building. Drawn Sheet Glass
 TCVN 7218:2002 Building Transparent Glass Float Glass Specifications
 TCVN 7219:2002 Architectural Glass – Method of Test
 TCVN 7526:2005 Architectural Glass Definition and Classification
 TCVN 6160-1996 Fire Protection Highrise Building Design

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page17
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

200 SCOPE OF WORKS AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

210 FAÇADE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITES


The façade contractor’s work shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following:
 Submission to and compliance with all Regulatory Authority requirements.
 Preparation of detailed Shop Drawings and Computations for production of all façade
systems.
 Submission of documents, include technical data, test report and samples in
accordance with the specifications.
 Construction of façade prototypes for viewing by the Employer, Employer’s
Representative, Architect and Façade Consultants.
 Testing of Façade prototypes to validate the design and the performance parameters
as stated in this documents.
 Design, fabrication, assembling, site surveying and installation of all façade systems,
including all required insulation, all required pressure equalization back-pans, weather
and structural silicone seals, smoke baffles, flashing, fixings, trellises, vents, doors,
hardware, multi-point locks, opening limit devices, safety rails, louvres, grilles,
blanked off panels, bird screens, cleats, components to prevent galvanic action, and
all accessories.
 All soffits, face panels, parapet cappings, parapet backing panels, including flashings
and vapour retardants, internal and external trims associated with the façades.
 All fire-safing materials, smoke seals, sound and thermal insulation; vapour retardant
panels shall be used throughout. Fixings, anchorages and associated seals shall be
included.
 All cast-in anchors, cast-in plates and other cast-in items associated with the façade
shall be designed, supplied and installed by the façade contractor. The façade
contractor shall be responsible for shop drawings, supply and surveying all cast-in
items. Interior partition closures, tapes and foam shall be supplied and installed by the
Main contractor.
 All secondary steel structures required to support the facade, whether shown or no on
drawings shall be designed, supplied and installed by the facade sub-contractor.
 Stainless steel BMU socket restraints and three-ball (minimum) plungers, supplied by
the Main contractor, shall be installed by the Façade contractor. BMU socket restraints
will also be required for testing in the Performance Prototype Assemblies. Separate
tieback tests may be considered.
 Preparation of as-built drawings.
 Preparation of Façade Maintenance Manual in accordance with this specification.
 Co-ordination with the Structural / Mechanical & Electrical Engineer to ensure
compatibility between the exterior wall and the building structure and equipments.
 Co-ordination with the Employer’s Representative, Architect, Consultants, Project
Management team and Main contractors to ensure that the project run smoothly.
 The cost incurred by the Consultants inspecting façade contractor facilities and
material or attending any tests will be whole born by the façade contractor, including
all associated costs.
Provide a necessary factory visit to major material factory, including proposed
aluminium extruder, fabrication plant, assembling plant and proposed glass supplier
for a maximum of 2 visits. The inspection shall be carried out prior to the approval of
the sample submission and selection (or prior to production) and during production.
In the event that supplier (glass or aluminium) is rejected, the additional trips will be
required and the costs shall be borne by the contractor.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page18
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

In the event that there is technical or schedule problem, additional trips might be
required and the costs shall be borne by contractors.
Allowance should be made for a maximum of four (4) representatives of the Employer,
Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant. Costs include round-trip flights
(economy class for flights less than 5 hours, business class if longer),
accommodations, sustenance and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

220 FAÇADE DESCRIPTION


The following façade system types are proposed for the project. This section is intended as a
summary only. Further details are provided on all system components in the main body of this
specification and the tender drawings.

FAÇADE
LOCATION *) DESCRIPTION
TYPE
OFFICE CURTAIN WALL – Fully unitized curtain wall system
with external solar shading screen, 1350mm Wide x
3800mm high typical modulation, with IGU on vision and
spandrel glass.
WT-1A Tower, Podium
a. Glazing: GL01 at vision, GL02 at shadow box
b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
c. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket: MTL01
d. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
RESIDENTIAL CURTAIN WALL – Fully unitized curtain wall
system with external solar shading screen, with operable
window, 1350mm Wide x 3500mm high typical modulation,
with IGU on vision and spandrel glass
WT-1B Tower
a. Glazing: GL01 at vision, GL02 at shadow box
b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
c. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket: MTL01
d. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
RESIDENTIAL CURTAIN WALL – Fully unitized curtain wall
system, with operable window, 1350mm Wide x 3500mm
high typical modulation, with IGU on vision and spandrel
glass
WT-1C Tower

a. Glazing: GL01 at vision, GL02 at shadow box


b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
c. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
RESIDENTIAL PENTHOUSE CURTAIN WALL – Fully unitized
curtain wall system, double height with steel reinforcing,
with external solar shading screen, with operable window,
1350mm Wide x 3500mm high typical modulation, with
IGU on vision and spandrel glass
WT-1D Tower
a. Glazing: GL01 at vision, GL02 at shadow box
b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
c. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
d. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket: MTL01
e. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
MECHANICAL CURTAIN WALL – Fully unitized curtain wall
system, with louver infill, and IGU spandrel glass, and solar
WT-1E Tower shading screen, 1350mm x 4000mm high, typical
modulation
a. Glazing: GL02 at shadow box

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page19
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

b. Louver: LVR01 (Level 8) with Perforated Screen


Panel in front (GRL02)
c. Louver: LVR02 (Level 38) with Perforated Screen
Panel in front (GRL02)
d. Blank Off area: Perforated Screen Panel MTL03
with shadow box back panel MTL03 behind
e. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
f. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket: MTL01
g. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
RESIDENTIAL LOGGIA GLASS WALL AND PATIO DOORS –
Glass wall system with framed swing doors

WT-2A Tower a. Glazing: GL07 (FT) at vision, GL02 at shadow box


b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
c. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket: MTL01
d. Shadow Box Back Panel: MTL03
e. Glass Guardrail: GL04
RESIDENTIAL SLIDING DOORS/FIX GLASS – Sliding door
system with fixed glass above
WT-2B Tower
a. Glazing: GL03 at Loggia
b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
PODIUM/ROOF TOP STOREFRONT GLASS WALL & TERRACE
GLASS DOOR –Fixed glass wall system with frame, swing
door system
Podium and
WT-2C
Tower/Roof a. Glazing: GL03 at vision, GL06 at Glass doors
b. External Soffit/ Ceiling: Aluminum Baffle system:
MTL09
c. Mullion: MTL01
PODIUM/ROOF TOP STOREFRONT SLIDING GLASS WALL –
Fixed glass wall system with frame and sliding door system
Podium and
WT-2D a. Glazing: GL03 at vision
Tower/Roof
b. External Soffit/ Ceiling: Aluminum Baffle system:
MTL09
c. Mullion: MTL01
ROOF (EAST/WEST) SOLAR SHADING SCREEN – Panelized
solar shading screen with steel support
WT-3A Tower/Roof
a. External Steel Columns/ Beams: MTL05
b. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket/ Mullion:
MTL01
ROOF (NORTH/SOUTH) SOLAR SHADING SCREEN –
Panelized solar shading screen with steel support
WT-3B Tower/Roof
a. External Steel Columns/ Beams: MTL05
b. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket/ Mullion:
MTL01
PODIUM SOLAR SHADING SCREEN – Panelized solar
shading screen with steel support
WT-3C Podium
a. External Steel Columns/ Beams: MTL05
b. Solar Screen Tubes and Support Bracket/ Mullion:
MTL01
MECHANICAL/COOLING TOWER SCREEN – Panelized
aluminium perforated screen wall
WT-3D Tower
a. Aluminum Perforated Screen (GRL02): MTL01
with min. 50% open area

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page20
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

b. Mullion/ Support Framing: MTL01 external


LOBBY STOREFRONT WALL WITH GLASS CANOPY AND
ENTRANCE DOORS – Semi-unitised system with steel
reinforcement system, and integrated glass canopy, swing
door system

a. Glazing: GL03 at vision


WT-4A Podium b. Steel Mullion: MTL01
c. External Aluminum Cap: MTL01
d. Internal Aluminum reveal/ cladding: MTL01
e. Canopy Glazing: GL05
f. Canopy Steel Bracket: MTL01
g. Canopy Shading Screen Tube: MTL01
h. Narrow Stile and Rails Glass Entrance Doors:
GL03, MTL01
LOBBY STOREFRONT WALL AND ENTRANCE DOORS –
Semi-unitised system with steel reinforcement system, and
swing door system

WT-4B Podium a. Glazing: GL03 at vision


b. Steel Mullion: MTL01
c. Internal Aluminum reveal/ cladding: MTL01
d. Narrow Stile and Rails Glass Entrance Doors:
GL03, MTL01
OFFICE TOWER STONE CLADDING – Dry fixing stone
cladding system

WT-5A Tower/Roof a. Stone Cladding: ST04


b. CMU/ core wall substrates: Air & Vapor Barrier
c. Undercut/ Concealed stainless steel anchor
assembly (with aluminum support rail/ framing)
PODIUM STONE CLADDING – Dry fixing stone cladding
system

WT-5B Podium a. Stone Cladding: ST04


b. CMU/ core wall substrates: Air & Vapor Barrier
c. Undercut/ Concealed stainless steel anchor
assembly (with aluminum support rail/ framing)
SIDE WALL STONE CLADDING – Dry fixing stone cladding
system

WT-5C Podium a. Stone Cladding: ST04


b. CMU/ core wall substrates: Air & Vapor Barrier
c. Undercut/ Concealed stainless steel anchor
assembly (with aluminum support rail/ framing)
CANOPY @ WT-4A – Glass canopy system with integrated
gutter system
CAN-01 Podium
a. Canopy Glazing: GL05
b. Canopy Steel Bracket: MTL01
c. Canopy Shading Screen Tube: MTL01
CANOPY @ RAMP – Glass canopy system

CAN-02 Podium a. Canopy Glazing: GL05


b. Canopy Steel Bracket: MTL01
c. Canopy Shading Screen Tube: MTL01
SKY-01 Podium TERRACE STAIR SKYLIGHT – Framed skylight system

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page21
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

a. Glazing: GL08 at vision


b. Mullion: MTL01 external, MTL01 Internal
GLASS GUARD RAIL – Glass guardrail/balustrade system
with stainless steel capping
GR-01 Podium and Tower
a. Glazing: GL04
b. Canopy Steel Bracket: MTL06

*): refer to drawings.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page22
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

230 INTERFACE
The façade contractor is required to make provision for interfacing and co-ordinating with
other trades, services and systems on site being carried out under separate contracts. The
following are a list detailing the trades that are to be considered. The scope of interfacing
required by the façade contractor shall not be limited by this list.
 Primary and secondary structures (reinforced concrete and steel)
 All building Mechanical and Electrical systems (HVAC, Hydraulic, LV, ELV, Façade
Lighting and Signage-including video/LED screens, PA, IT Systems, Communication
systems, Security systems, BMS, MBMS)
 Internal partitions, balustrades and wall finishes
 Internal floor finishes including raised floors
 Internal suspended ceilings and other ceiling finishes
 Building Maintenance Units (BMU)
 All integrated, non-integrated, illuminated and non-illuminated signage and other
information display systems.
 External paving and landscaping
 All roofing and weather proofing works
 Façade works undertaken by other contractors (if applicable)

231 DRAINAGE

All materials, design and installation necessary for the drainage of all cladding systems shall
be provided by the façade contractor. The design of system drainage shall be co-ordinated
with the works of the Main contractor where necessary. Connection of external gutters and
flashed areas to drainage pipes shall by the Main contractor.

232 LIGHTING

Design of lighting, which is integral to, or interfaces with any of the cladding systems, shall be
fully co-ordinated with the lighting contractor. The housings and conduits shall be provided to
the façade contractor by the lighting contractor for installation by the façade contractor. All
openings around conduits in the curtain wall system shall be properly designed, co-ordinated
and sealed.

233 SECURITY SYSTEMS AND FIRE SERVICES

All Security Systems and Fire Services which interface with the external cladding systems
including locking mechanisms, intercoms, PA systems, CCTV’s, fire services inlet cabinets, fire
service control panels, and so forth shall be incorporated into the design of the cladding
systems where necessary. This shall include provision of openings, lockable hinged panels
with glazed in-fill lites where required, concealed conduits and appropriate ironmongery as is
necessary. All Mechanical Electrical (ME) equipment shall be provided and installed by the ME
contractor. The works of the façade contractor shall be rigorously coordinated with the
technical requirements of the ME contractor and the aesthetic requirements of the Architect.
Where there is uncertainty regarding location or extent of co-ordinated works, the Architect
shall be consulted and approval received before any required fabrication of the cladding works
may proceed.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page23
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

234 SIGNAGE AND INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS

Signage Boxes and Information Display Systems shall be fitted with a hinged heat
strengthened glass cover that allow the inside and outside of the glass to be cleaned and the
lights to be replaced. For Information Display Systems of a larger scale, the Manufacturer’s
installation and maintenance requirements shall be complied with. A manufacturer’s certificate
of compliance shall be submitted to the Architect by the façade contractor upon completion of
the works. Otherwise all housings and conduits shall be provided by the Signage/Lighting
contractor to the façade contractor for installation. Wiring, luminaries and lights shall be
provided and installed by the Lighting façade contractor. The Façade contractor shall provide
access to the installed cladding works for the Lighting façade contractor’s installation needs.
All works shall be closely coordinated.

235 MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL LOUVRES

At louvre locations in front of duct work for intake or exhaust the façade contractor shall liaise
with the ME contractor to provide a fully integrated detail allowing for access to the duct and
louvres for both maintenance and cleaning. The louvre assembly shall be noise and vibration
free and shall provide the percentage minimum free area required for duct performance. The
façade contractor shall provide a metal collar for connection of the ductwork to the ME
Louvres.

Provide coated aluminium metal back-pan at inactive louver locations.

236 BMU SYSTEM

The Curtain-Wall façade contractor shall co-ordinate closely with the BMU Sub-façade
contractor. Refer to Clause 440 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS and Clause 571
BMU RESTRAINT SOCKETS AND TIE-BACK PLUNGERS, of this Specification.

240 TENDER SUBMISSIONS


The Tenderer shall provide the following documents at no cost or obligation, at the time of
tender submission, drawings and data, which show how is intended to comply with the project
requirements in this specification. These shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the
following:
 Preliminary design drawings and calculations of the curtain wall systems, mullions,
transoms and cladding system and standard fixing details at full size. This is to include
preliminary calculation of joint requirements based on the building movements given
in this specification.
 Anchorage details and calculations. The Architect reserves the right to use the
anchorage design and calculations prior to tender award, for Government submissions
without binding the Employer to accept the Tenderer.
 Proposed Program that shows:
 Design, submissions and approvals of shop drawings, calculation and
materials
 Submission, approval and consent application and acknowledgement for
Buildings Department Submission
 Visual Mock-up & PMU test
 Material ordering, production, fabrication and assembling
 Installation of the curtain wall
 Information regarding place of assembly, fabrication and local storage provision
 Outline of a Quality Plan suitable for this project and conforming to ISO9002 and a
Safety procedures

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page24
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Confirmation that all warranties will be provided as stated in this Specification


 Preliminary method statement for the supply and installation of the curtain wall,
outlining all storage space on ground level and equipment to be used on site
 Staffing structure that is proposed, together with the names, positions, levels of
attendance and resumes of key staff
 A list of current jobs that are in hand, together with an outline of capacity to handle
this project
 Completed Materials Schedule (See Appendix ‘E’).

241 OTHER REQUIREMENTS

A. STAFFING

The façade contractor is to provide an experienced fully in-charge Project Manager,


Design Manager, Site Manager and Quality Control Manager. This is to ensure that the
project will run smoothly and meet the Employer’s schedule.

The Project Manager and Design Manager shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in
façade industry and have a minimum 5 years in similar system and projects.

The Site Manager and Quality Control Manager shall have a minimum of 5 years
experience in façade industry and have a minimum 3 years in similar system and
projects.

B. LANGUAGE

The façade contractor is to provide Project Manager, Design Manager and Quality Control
Manager able to communicate in English. This is to ensure that the technical
requirements of International Design Standards referred to herein, written in English, are
fully complied with.

All calculations, drawings and technical documents (quality plans, company profiles,
technical data, test report, etc.) shall be written and submitted in English as well as in
local official language wherever applicable.

C. REGISTERED (FOR SINGAPORE ONLY)

Façade works shall also be carried out by a BCA registered Façade contractor in "CR16
Curtain Wall" with minimum financial grade L6 and have relevant working experience.

250 POST TENDER SUBMISSIONS


 Provide all required submissions for a comprehensive performance proposal, to
demonstrate compliance with the specified design intentions and performance
requirements, to record construction methods and procedures, to record materials and
components proposed, and to establish quality standards.
 Time required for examination of shop drawings, calculations and any other
submission will be 14 working days for approval of 1st submission and major
resubmission, and allow 7 working days for approval of resubmissions.
 Manufacture should not commence until approval to use the relevant shop drawings,
calculations and material submissions has been obtained.
 The numbers of copied sets required for drawings, calculations, materials and all
submissions will be decided by employer’s representatives and architect.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page25
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

251 SHOP DRAWINGS

Submit comprehensively detailed and dimensioned shop drawings to indicate all set-out and
construction details not indicated in the Contract Documents, adjacent work by others, and for
all proprietary products where required details are not indicated in the manufacturer's product
data.

The shop drawings shall include and indicate:


 General notes sheet outlining:
 material specification
 load factors
 wind load magnitude
 test requirements (pull out test, weld test and the like)
 codes of practice used in the design
 Set-out of all work, including reference points, edge conditions and joint pattern,
indicated on plans, elevations and sections as applicable
 Full size sections of all members, including descriptions of structural properties and
specifications of materials
 Framing, anchorages and fixings supported from base-structure, and embeds in the
base-structure, if required
 Movement joints
 Method statement, including:
 Erection tolerances
 Machined slots, keyholes and other methods for handling and connecting
components
 Junctions and trim to base-structure and adjoining surfaces
 Fully dimensioned setting-out drawings and templates
 Access and materials handling equipment and requirements
 Methods of assembly at all junctions, including sealing and fixing, indicated
by three-dimensional and exploded views if requested
 Glazing details, including:
 Glazing materials including sealants, gaskets, tapes, setting and spacer
blocks.
 Rebate depth, and edge restraint.
 Clearances and tolerances.
 Methods of in-service glass replacement.
 Hardware, fittings and accessories.
 Method of draining the assembly, including details showing:
 Drained joints.
 Location, number and size of weep holes.
 Mechanical baffles to drainage outlets that are not pressure equalised.
 Methods of meeting performance criteria for thermal insulation, fire resistance, sound
transmission loss and the like.
 Location and type of BMU restraints, and method of cleaning in service.
 Panelling details, including:
 All joints and junctions
 Support systems and panel stiffening
 Connection details and provision of lightning protection

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page26
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Co-ordinate design of BMU restraints and indicate on shop drawings. Verify


computations for BMU fixings and for co-ordination of tolerances acceptable to the
BMU Supplier.

Shop drawings shall be in strict compliance with "prototype as tested" drawings approved as
part of the prototype testing procedure.

Provide a complete numbering system and schedule for all cladding and glazing panels. Each
panel shall be individually numbered in such a way that the manufacturing and installation
history can be traced.

Design and implement an approved permanent concealed marking system showing correct
location and orientation when installed. Submit details.

Indicate the location of each individual panel on shop drawings. Submit as-built elevations
progressively indicating the location of each individual panel.

The approval of shop drawings is for member sizes, surface treatment and soundness of
structural connections. Approval will not be given for any dimensions or fabrication related
issues. Any approval does not alleviate the Façade contractor from errors or omissions.

252 CALCULATIONS AND OTHERS

The façade contractor shall submit comprehensive calculations, which shall include and
indicate:
 Contents sheet(s)
 Design synopsis detailing the following.
 General arrangement of structure accompanied by diagrams to show load
paths/stability etc.
 Design criteria sheets outlining:
 codes of practice used in design
 factors of safety used in design
 computer analysis programs used in design
 Material specifications (proof stresses, E-values allowable stresses etc.)
 Computer analysis print outs should include the following
 computer input both tabular & graphical
 computer output both tabular & graphical
 graphical output shall include the following
 deflected shapes
 bending moments, shears, plate bending and shear stresses.
 graphical input shall include the following
 location of pins, stack joints, support type etc.
 applied loads
 Detailed calculations shall include the following
 diagram to show detail being considered in calculation
 load derivation (include F.O.S.)
 justification of stresses/deflections
 reference system to drawings by way of diagrams/detail marks
 As an appendix, extracts of relevant manufactures catalogues shall be included (load
tables and the like).

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page27
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

253 AUTHORITY SUBMISSIONS

Where required by local authorities, the Façade contractor shall submit two sets of A1
drawings and calculations that are certified by a Registered Structural Engineer representing
the Façade contractor, to the Authority. Approvals and As-built approvals by the Authority
shall be scheduled as required to meet the Main contractors programme.

Include computations and drawings for the following:


 Framing, anchorages and fixings supported from base-structure
 Sizes and grade of members and sections
 Reinforcement of connections
 Glass types and thickness. When Finite Element Analysis is used to engineer glass and
other thin sheet components, non-linear method shall be used.
 Types and magnitudes of the design loads on the fixing anchors or attachments
 Confirmation of all performance criteria, in particular, all movement allowances
 Fire resistance requirements
 Indexed drawings and calculations, which are fully, cross-referenced
 Nominate all materials and finishes (in particular on contact surfaces)
 Areas of operable windows are to be shown on elevations
 Analysis of stresses in structural silicone
 Authority’s approval letter and authorisation letter from the Façade Contractor’s
designer permitting the use of any computer software in the design
 Thermal and acoustic performance calculations
 Any other information requested by the relevant authority requirements

254 SCHEDULE SUBMISSIONS

Submit (within 2 weeks of the award of contract) the following items:


 Program of submissions for shop drawings, authorities’ submission, samples, etc.
 Program for prototype testing and provision of prototype trial assemblies
 Program of works indicating links, durations and floats on all activities; this program is
to be updated monthly.
 Schedule of Materials to be used in the façades together with a list of suppliers. The
Schedule of Materials shall be as specified in Appendix ‘E’ of this Specification. This list
shall be completed at the time of Tender and the final contents shall constitute a Term
of Award of Contract.

255 MATERIAL AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS

Submit (within 6 weeks of award) all materials for acceptance prior to purchasing. These shall
include, but not necessarily be limited to manufacturer’s test data, manufacturer's quality
assurance documentation, preparation, and installation recommendations.

These include product data for:


 Metals and metal alloys, including welding materials.
 Glass and glazing accessories.
 Applied finishes, including preparation and pre-treatment, application, curing, and
maintenance procedures.
 Sealants, gaskets and glazing accessories, membranes, vapour barriers, including all
compatibility test reports.
 Insulation.
 All proprietary accessory hardware and fixings.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page28
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Manufacturer's procedures for handling, transportation and installation.


 Grades of all bolts, nuts, washers, screws, pins, and rivets

Submit (within 8 weeks of award) representative samples of products and materials, including
finishes and representative factory-fabrications and site-installed assemblies.

Include 3 No. samples for each of the following items:


 Metal types and finishes, including proposed finished shapes, sections and extrusions.
Provide metallurgical analysis certificates for alloy and temper of metal components.
 Glass types and finishes indicating colour, surface pattern or texture, finish, surface
coatings, and the range of variation, if any
 Colour samples of pre-finished production material showing the limits of the range of
variation in the selected colour
 Joint system components, including sealants, gaskets, interlayers, rain screens,
baffles, flashings, elastomeric sealants, backing rods, etc, with details of compatibility
with silicone and polyurethane based sealants, and all extruded gaskets, interlayers,
sealants, tapes and fixings
 Typical fabrications and assemblies, showing welds and grinding, screwed and bolted
junctions, fastenings and workmanship
 Fixing and accessory items
 Miscellaneous materials:
 Insulating material
 Backing material
 Interlayers
 Lightning protection tabs
 Panel materials for spandrels and other non-vision areas
 Examples of repairs and making good to typical range of in-service damage to
finishes, including chips, cracks and scratching
 Additional samples for testing sealants and finish coatings as required

Manufacture should not commence until approval to use the relevant shop drawings has been
obtained.

256 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES MANUAL

Submit a comprehensive manual containing installation procedures, equipment and personnel


required for all façade systems prior to the commencement of installation works.

257 PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORT

Submit a comprehensive periodic progress report as required by the Employer. These shall
include, but not necessarily be limited to the progress of shop drawings, calculations,
purchasing, production, assembling and installation of all façade systems. Progress reported
shall be submitted monthly unless otherwise instructed.

260 PRIOR TO HAND-OVER SUBMISSIONS


Provide all required submissions prior to hand-over for the employer’s record.

261 MAINTENANCE & OPERATING MANUALS

Upon Practical Completion, provide three copies of façade maintenance manuals for the
project. These shall include as a minimum:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page29
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Schedule of all materials used including material data, suppliers and supplier contact
details
 Cutting list of the glass, aluminium panels, etc
 Cleaning and maintenance requirements (including timing) for all surfaces / materials
 Method for deglazing and reglazing all panel types
 Copies of all material warranties from manufacturers and workmanship
 A1 and A3 size copies of all as-built shop drawings for the project
 One computer-readable CAD format on suitable electronic medium copy of each shop
drawing, “As-Built Drawing” relevant to the façade installation.
 List of recommended replacement parts to be held on site, with names of suppliers
 Methods for repair / repainting of all painted elements
 Suggested inspection regime
 Procedures for dismantling and reassembly of all façade components
 Maintenance manuals shall be printed on durable printing paper, each page
consecutively numbered, neatly bound in a durable hard cover and permanently
labelled with the date of issue and the project name. All word documentation shall be
issued in soft copy as well.
 6 Sets of documents are to be prepared once the manuals have been reviewed and
approved by the Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant.

262 AS-BUILT RECORD DOCUMENTS

Prepare as-built drawings, photographs and other records progressively as the work proceeds.
Submit complete as-built documentation at completion of work. As-built drawings submitted
to the Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant are for necessary onward submission
to the authority for endorsement. The Façade contractor is required to substantiate the as
built drawings with a defects rectification report that covers any remedial work or other
defects that have been repaired during the construction period.

263 WARRANTIES

Provide a warranty, that include the system, workmanship and performance of the whole
external façade system which warrants that the façade works shall remain free from any
defect and failures for a minimum of ten (10) years period commencing from the end of the
twelve (12) months Defects Liability Period (DLP).

The warranty shall include the agreement by the Façade contractor to repair or replace
components of the façade systems that fail in materials or workmanship at no cost to the
owner within the specified warranty period. Failures include but are not limited to the
following:
 Structural failures of components due to forces within specified limits, including, but
not limited to, excessive deflection
 Noise or vibration caused by wind or thermal movements
 Failure of the system to meet performance requirements
 Deterioration of metals, metal finishes and other materials beyond normal weathering
 Failure of operating components to function normally
 Penetration of water into building
 Air infiltration exceeding specified limits
 Condensation of the Insulated Glass Unit
 Glazing breakage due to forces within specified limits, thermal breakage, defective
glass or damaged glass and resultant damage

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page30
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Glass corrosion due to failure of the system


 Spontaneous breakage of toughened glass
 Cracking, grazing, flaking of coatings or ceramic fritted glass
 Sealant (including structural sealant) loss of adhesion, staining caused by sealant, loss
of cohesion, cracking or discolouration
 Non-structural sealant hardening beyond Shore A durometer 50 or softening below 20
 Permanent deformation at the sealant including shrinking in length and size
 Disengagement of gaskets, seals and or weather-strips
 Loss of effective glass bite due to shifting glass
 Loss of effective glass bearing on setting blocks due to shifting glass and or blocks
 Collapse of thermal insulation, fire safing insulation or acoustic insulation
 Water leakage into electrical system for exterior building lighting, blind operation or
any other effects on the electrical system
 Loss of acoustic performance
 Loss of thermal performance
 Mechanical failure of hardware and motorized hardware
 Rusting of stainless steel cladding
 Rusting of painted or galvanized steel support
 Sustaining growth of mildew, mould, fungi and the like on the façade components

The warranty and its enforcement shall not deprive the Employer of other action, rights or
remedy available to the façade contractor. The warranty shall include all materials and labour
associated with the rectification of any item associated with the Façade works.

Provide all manufacturers’ product warranties and project warranties. The warranty period for
the material shall be for a minimum of ten (10) years after the end of the twelve (12) months
Defects Liability Period.

The product and project warranties may originate, in part or in whole, with manufacturers or
fabricators and pass through the façade contractor to the Employer. However, warranties as
written or interpreted by manufacturers or fabricators shall not limit or reduce the warranty
requirements of this Specification. Product or project warranties shall include the following:

 The manufacturer of the glass shall warrant and guarantee direct to the Employer that
the coatings or ceramic frit coatings will not develop peeling, cracking, discoloration,
deterioration or mottling for the warranty period.
 The manufacturer of the insulated glass units shall warrant and guarantee direct to
the Employer each insulated glass unit installed to be free from material obstructions
of vision as a result of dust or film formation on the internal glass surfaces caused by
failure of the seal, other than glass breakage and that units shall be free from
discoloration, mottling or deteriorating of the coating regardless of loss of insulating
glass seal, for the warranty period.
 The manufacturer of the laminated glass shall warrant and guarantee direct to the
Employer that the laminated glass will not have any manufacturing defects resulting in
edge separation, delamination, mottling, bubbles, delamination or any obstruction of
vision as a result of dust or film formation on the internal glass surfaces or any other
deleterious effects for the warranty period.
 All warranties shall agree to replace the glass in its location at this project site,
including all labour, at no cost to the Employer, provided the manufacturer's
instructions for protection and maintenance have been adhered to during the warranty

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page31
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

period and failure is not due to vandalism or glass breakage caused by external
projectiles.
 Painted or anodised finishes which crack, peel, fade, chalk or show other defects in
excess of specified limits shall be replaced at no charge (including material and
labour) for the warranty period.
 Hardware and Motorized hardware includes blind motors, blinds and automatic sliding
door – The manufacturer shall warrant the blind motors and automated operable
blinds against mechanical failure for a period of the warranty period.
 Composite panel manufacturer shall warrant and guarantee that the proprietary panel
will not develop cracking, delamination, discolouration or show other defects for the
warranty period.
 The weather seal sealant manufacturer shall warrant and guarantee direct to the
Employer that the weather seal sealant will not stain component materials or have
adhesive or cohesive failures for the warranty period.
 The structural silicone manufacturer shall warrant and guarantee direct to the
Employer that the structural silicone will not lose adhesion, develop cracking,
deterioration, discoloration, or cohesive failure for the warranty period.

Any failures of the above products shall be replaced at no charge including material and
labour.

Failure to provide product and project warranties that meet the above stated requirements
may lead to disapproval of the proposed materials and the Façade contractor shall re-submit
materials from alternative sources that are able to provide special warranties that meet such
requirements without additional cost.

270 SPARE PARTS


Upon completion of construction, deliver to a designated storage area specified by the
employer, spare materials for maintenance and repair. Materials shall conform to the same
requirements as materials used for construction. Delivery should be completed within three
months after the commencement of DLP.
 Provide glass in the following sizes and quantities:
 Two (2) percent of job quantity glass (not less than 5 pieces) of each size of
tempered, heat-strengthened and insulated glass unit
 Twelve (12) pieces of the largest size of annealed glass
 Storage of glass shall be per manufacturer's recommendations.
 Provide cappings, covers and trim in the following lengths and quantities:
 Ten (10) longest of each type of cappings, covers and trims
 Ten (10) longest exterior glazing channels
 Ten (10) longest interior-trims covers, each type
 Aluminium louver: provide 2% as stock (but not less than 5 pieces).
 Metal panel: provide 2% as stock (but not less than 5 pieces).
 Provide hardware for doors and operable windows:
 5% of door hardware and accessories (not less than 2 sets)
 5% of operable window hardware and accessories (not less than 2 sets)
 All the extrusion dies and miscellaneous materials should be made available to the
employer for spare parts for a period not to be less than the warranty period.
 Stone cladding: provide 2% of each types and the biggest size as stock (but not less
than 10 pieces).

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page32
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Submit certification that all spares will be available off-the-shelf, or with a lead-time not
exceeding 4 weeks from date of order, for the warranty period. Provide name and address of
all suppliers and manufacturers.

Spare glass shall not be used for glass breakage replacements as may be required during the
course of installation or the Defects Liability Period.

All spares shall be new and protected in approved wrapping

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page33
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

300 QUALTITY ASSURANCE / VERIFICATION

310 MOCK-UPS

311 VISUAL MOCK-UP

Provide full scale Visual Mock-Ups for each building façade types. Visual mock-ups of all
curtain wall systems are required prior to the start of die production. The intent of the visual
mock-up is to demonstrate the appearance of the finished product to the architect and
Employer for confirmation of the design. Visual mock-ups shall include sunshades, fins and
parts of façade.

The façade contractor is to make all monetary and time allowances for the procurement,
erection fabrication, dismantling and storage / rental costs associated with the visual
prototypes. The façade contractor is to allow for the visual prototype to be reviewed and
modified as requested by the Employer’s representative.

As soon as is practicable after award of Contract and before placing any material order the
façade contractor shall provide at a location designated by the Employers representative, the
visual mock-up is to:
 Include proposed project glass of same heat treatment manufactured by the proposed
manufacturer.
 Include proposed precast concrete elements with exact aggregate, colour and finish as
nominated in the structural engineers and architects documents.
 Extrusions may be simulated, but proposed paint finishes are to be provided.
 Include spandrel panels painted with three (3) colours as selected by the architect for
Architectural review.
 Mock-ups shall be constructed and approved by the Employer’s representative prior to
any placement of material orders.
 Should review of the visual prototypes be required out of the city, the façade
contractor is to allow for all travel, meals, transfers and accommodation for a
minimum four (4) representatives of the design team to view the prototypes. Should
further viewing of the prototypes be required after the initial inspection the façade
contractor shall allow the same monetary allowances for the Employer’s representative
and design team members to attend re-inspection of the visual prototype.

The purpose of this mock-up is for confirmation of aesthetics and material choice by the
Employer’s Representative and Architect as well as review of glass selection and quality.
Testing of this mock-up is not required.

312 DETAIL PROTOTYPE TRIAL ASSEMBLIES OF MULLION/TRANSOM JUNCTIONS

Provide trial assemblies. This is to include a typical 4-way stack joint, a typical interface at
ceiling level, and a typical vent panel. The assemblies should include all components such as
baffles, gaskets, seals, fixings, sponge blocks, sleeves, trims, etc.

These assemblies shall be complete and shall not be limited by this list.

Test assemblies are to be submitted and approved prior to erection of any Performance
Testing Prototypes.

313 PERFORMANCE MOCK-UP

Supply and erect off site a full scale façade test performance prototype for all façade system
in accordance with the Contract Documents, including a suitable simulated building frame, and

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page34
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

incorporating at least one example of each repetitive design element and construction method
in the system, as indicated on the Drawings.

When approved, the test prototype shall be the accepted control standard for the Works. Test
panels and components shall not be re-used in the Works.

A. TEST LABORATORY

Submit details of the proposed laboratory, including curriculum vitae of the testing officer
in charge. Submit a detailed and sequential outline of the proposed test procedure with
schematic diagrams describing the type and location of all data collection instruments.

The erection of mock-up shall not commence prior to laboratory approval.

The laboratory shall be determined by the Façade contractor and approved by the
Consultant and Employer.

The approved testing laboratories are as follows:


 Construction Research Laboratory - Miami, Florida, USA
 Heitman, St. Louis, MO and Architectural Testing Inc. York, Pennsylvania,
USA
 Construction Consulting Laboratory, Ontario, Canada
 Taywood Engineering Limited - England, UK
 FaçadeTech – Fanling, Hong Kong
 Hong Kong Curtain Wall Testing Centre – Tseung Kwan O, Hong Kong
 Research Engineering Development, Hong Kong
 Shanghai Testing Centre of Curtain Wall, Shanghai, China
 Architectural Testing Asia, Inc., Seoul, Korea
 Bodycote Material Testing Services LLC, Dubai, U.A.E
 Winwall Technology Pte Ltd - Singapore
 PSB TUV Pte Ltd - Singapore

B. TESTING REQUIREMENTS
 The Façade contractor shall furnish all labour and materials to build and test mock-up,
as shown on drawings. Mock-ups shall accurately represent job conditions, including
glass, glazing, joints, sealants, anchors, and finishes. Provide at least one lite light of
extra glass for each type and size on mock-up. Glass which breaks during testing shall
be replaced with new glass. Repeated glass breakage of mock-up glass constitutes
failure.
 The testing shall include all actual job-site components, including all glazing
configurations, sealants, adhesives and gaskets.
 Prototype Testing Requirement:
See Appendix ‘D’ of this Specification for testing sequence to be adopted.

1. Pre-Load
 Positive pressure 50% of design loading held for 10 seconds.

2. Open/Close Cycle
 Vents to be unlocked, opened and closed, and locked fifty (50) times.

3. Air Infiltration Test


 Air infiltration test shall conform to ASTM E 283 (and SS 212 – for Singapore
project).
 Differential static test pressure shall be 300Pa.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page35
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Chamber leakage shall be accurately determined, not estimated. Fixed panels


are included in fixed wall area, and are not to be included in vent crack
perimeter.
 Frame leakage to be less than 0.0158 m³/min/m² (excluding vents).
 Vent leakage to be less than 0.0213 m³/min/m of vent perimeter.

4. Static Water Penetration Test


 Static water infiltration test shall conform to ASTM E 331.
 Differential test pressure shall be a minimum 60% of Design Load.
 Water flow rate - 3.4 litres/min/m² (over whole specimen)
 Duration of testing - 15 minutes
 No uncontrolled leaking is permitted. The water is contained and drained to
the exterior.
 No wetting of visible surfaces.
 No staining or other damage to the completed building.
 The source of water leakage shall be identified.

5. Dynamic Water Penetration Test OR Cylic Test


 Dynamic Water Penetration Test shall conform to AAMA 501.1
 Cyclic Water Penetration Test shall conform to AS/NZ 4284, provided that the
blowers have sufficient capacity to cycle the air pressure in 3 to 5 seconds.
 Differential test pressure shall be a minimum 60% of Design Load.

 Water flow rate - 3.4 litres/min/m2 (over whole specimen)


 Duration of testing - 15 minutes
 No uncontrolled leaking is permitted. The water is contained and drained to
the exterior.
 No wetting of visible surfaces.
 No staining or other damage to the completed building.
 The source of water leakage shall be identified.

6. Structural Performance Test at Design Load


 Structural Performance Test shall conform to ASTM E330
 Pressure: Positive and Negative of 50% and 100% of Design Load
 All pressures to be held for 10 seconds prior to taking transducer readings
 Deflection gauges shall be set to zero prior to each application of pressure
 The deflection shall be within the limit (refer to 480 DEFLECTION LIMITS–
Out of Plane Deflections)

7. Structural Safety Test


 Uniform Structural Load Test at Proof Load per ASTM E330.
 Pressure: Positive and Negative of 75% and 150% of Design Load
 All pressures to be held for 10 seconds prior to taking transducer readings
 After a recovery period of 1 to 5 minutes, record permanent deformation.
Permanent deformations shall not exceed 1/1000 of clear spans.
 No glass breakage
 No permanent damage to fasteners or anchors, hardware parts or actuating
mechanisms
 No malfunctioning of windows, doors, and operating hardware

8. Inter-story differential displacement (up and down) for the mock-up test is 20mm

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page36
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The mock-up test chamber shall be constructed so that the simulated floor
structure at approximate mid-height of the mock-up is moveable in a vertical
sense parallel to the glass plane (s)
 Displace moveable structure first in one direction, then in the other direction.
Repeat for a total of at least three (3) two-stroke cycles
 There shall be no failure or gross permanent distortion of anchors, frames,
glass or panels, no gasket disengagement and no weather or structural
sealant failures.

9. Inter-story differential lateral displacement (left and right sideways) for the mock-
up test is 15mm.
 The mock-up test chamber shall be constructed so that the simulated floor
structure at approximate mid-height of the mock-up is moveable in a
horizontal sense parallel to the glass plane(s). The repeat static water and air
infiltration test shall be tested when inter-storey differential movements
(lateral) occurred.
 Movable structure shall be displaced first in one direction (laterally), then in
the other direction (laterally). Repeat for a total of at least three (3) two-
stroke cycles.
 There shall be no failure or gross permanent distortion of anchors, frames,
glass or panels, no gasket disengagement and no weather or structural
sealant failures.

10. BMU Restraint Socket Test:

A BMU Tie-Back shall be tested in all directions.


 Apply 2,700 N ultimate outward for at least 10 seconds.
 Apply 2,700 N ultimate side load in either direction for at least 10 seconds
each.
 Apply 2,700 N ultimate up and down for 10 seconds each.
 The tie back shall not fail, exhibit permanent distortion, nor interfere with the
performance of the façade and related seals.

11. Degradation Testing


 On completion of the water penetration testing, a further series of water
penetration tests shall be undertaken with portions of various gaskets and
sealant beads removed on each test assembly
 The purpose of such testing is to simulate the effects of degradation and
failure of such seals, and is carried out for information only
 At this time secondary covers to structural silicone edges will be checked

12. Thermal Cycle Test


 Lower the outdoor air temperature to minimum Outdoor Design Condition
over a period of one (1) hour.
 Maintain temperature at minimum Outdoor Design Condition for period of
two (2) hours after equilibrium has been attained.
 Return outdoor temperature to ambient outdoor temperature over a period of
one (1) hour. Maintain at this temperature for a period of 1 hour.
 Increase the outdoor temperature to achieve maximum Outdoor Design
Condition over the period of one (1) hour.
 Maintain nominal outdoor air temperature at maximum Outdoor Design
Condition for period of two (2) hours after equilibrium has been attained.
 Return outdoor temperature to ambient outdoor temperature over a period of
one (1) hour. Maintain at this temperature for a period of one (1) hour.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page37
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Repeat this cycle for six (6) times.

13. Condensation Test


 Lower outdoor air temperature to minimum outdoor design condition for a
period of one (1) hour.
 Maintain temperature at minimum outdoor design condition for a period of
twelve (12) hours after equilibrium has been attained.
 Allow outdoor air temperature to return to ambient air temperature.

C. COSTS OF TESTING
 The façade contractor shall pay for all costs associated with the performance testing
including costs associated with the supply, fabrication, assembly, erection,
maintenance, modification, dismantling and the removal of the Testing Prototypes
from the test site. Include all fees and charges payable to the Testing Laboratory.
 The façade contractor shall also pay for costs for a minimum party of four (4)
representatives of the Employer, Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant to
attend each Testing occurring out of town or overseas. Costs include round-trip flights
(economy class for flights less than 5 hours, business if longer), accommodation,
sustenance and reasonable out-of pocket expenses.
 In the event that mock-up failures necessitate retests, the Façade contractor shall pay
the additional laboratory fees and any other fees and expenses, including the cost of
witnessing by the Employer, Employer Representatives, and Consultants and all other
fee, expense and time incurred by the Employer, Employer Representative, and
Façade Consultants as a result of retesting. This applies to all re-testing.
 All necessary corrections shall take place in the presence of the Employer’s
Representative and Façade Consultant.

D. SUBMISSIONS

Submissions shall include the following:


 Program for testing including the following:
 Material delivery
 Performance Prototype fabrication
 Test chamber construction
 Façade installation
 Pre-testing
 Testing
 Report Issue
 Performance mock-up shop drawings, complete detail documentation and calculations.
 Drawings shall include all relevant panel interfaces and shall indicate all
vision panels, sashes and other materials as required
 Detail prototype trial assemblies of façade interfaces
 Trial assemblies should be accompanied by relevant detail drawings
 All trial assemblies must be approved prior to commencing Performance
Prototype installation
 Complete testing proposal, with tests as outlined above in this specification. The test
proposal shall include the following:
 Itemised list of tests and governing standards
 Method statement for testing procedures
 Test chamber details
 Explanation of all testing equipment
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page38
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Performance mock-Up elevation drawings, showing transducer locations, etc


 All test results including preliminary and interim test results. All test results shall
include the following:
 The original report issued by the testing laboratory, signed by the officer in
charge. The report shall include the certificate issued by the Testing
laboratory verifying that the test prototype has been tested in accordance
with Local Authority requirements, and complies with the other Specified
Tests
 The test report shall be presented in a manner suitable for submission to the
authority and shall be endorsed by the local registered structural engineer
representing the façade contractor, wherever required.
 Detailed "Performance Prototype as Tested" drawings. Actual dimensions
and thicknesses of all component parts including actual measured sizes of
tested glass panes shall be recorded. Particularly note all remedial work
carried out since previous tests. Make available copies of the "As-Tested
Drawings” for reference during the Testing Programme.
 The testing laboratory is responsible for marking up all changes to the Performance
Prototype, which occurs during testing together with any changes observed during
dismantling of the Performance Prototype.

E. APPROVALS
 Approval of layout drawings, details and calculations must be granted before
commencing performance prototype fabrication.
 Approval of detail prototype trial assemblies must be granted before commencing any
performance prototype installations.
 All performance prototype test reports shall indicate specifically pass/fail results for:
 Structural performance
 Air infiltration/exfiltration
 Water penetration (static and dynamic)
 On approval of shop drawings, submit approved shop drawings to the testing
laboratory prior to the installation of the test specimen.

F. CONSTRUCTION
 Mock-ups shall be fabricated and assembled at the same locations and by the same
personnel who will execute this work for the project.
 Mock-up installation shall be performed and inspected by the same personnel who will
execute this work on site.
 A list of both fabrication and installation personnel, their titles, work experience, and
duties for this project (beyond the mock-up) shall be submitted for review prior to
mock-up fabrication.
 All simulated structural supports for mock-up are shall be designed, drawn, and
furnished by the Façade contractor and coordinated with the testing laboratory.
 Mock-ups shall be constructed in strict accordance with approved shop drawings and
all methods of mock-up joint assembly shall faithfully represent actual job conditions.
No special measures or techniques may be used that are not representative of those
to be used on the building. Any changes or deviations from the drawings shall be
subject to approval and, if approved, incorporated into 'as-built' drawings. Necessary
remedial work shall be performed in the presence of the façade Consultant and/or
Employer’s representative. The as-built drawings shall be provided to the Employer
and Consultant immediately upon completion of the testing.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page39
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 All remedial sealants that are applied to the specimen after testing has begun shall be
of significantly different colour than any sealant used in the assembly or erection of
the specimen.
 Prior to the beginning of mock-up testing, all sealant cartridges (full and used) in the
chamber shall be of a different colour than that of any sealant which has been used in
the assembly or erection of the mock-up specimen.
 If any sealant of the same colour as that used in assembly or erection of mock-up is
found in the chamber or being applied to the exterior, the mock-up shall be considered
to have failed and testing shall stop.
 Preliminary and unofficial tests shall not be permitted. All test results and remedial
work shall be documented in the laboratory report, and submitted to Employer’s
Representative and Consultants.
 Instruments and gauges shall be selected, tested and located by the testing officer-in-
charge in consultation with the Consultant
 All instruments and gauges shall be properly callibrated
 Provide extra materials for mock-up construction.
 Provide one (1) extra glass lite for each special size.
 Provide three (3) extra glass lites for typical size.
 Provide two (2) times the required linear footage for all gaskets, sealants and
like materials.

320 FIELD TEST

321 WATER FIELD TEST

A. FIELD WATER TEST (AAMA 501.2)


 Field Water Test shall conform to AAMA 501.2
 Conduct hose tests on random areas of each façade / skylight type as nominated by
the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant to demonstrate waterproofing of
the installations.
 Allow to conduct the test as follows:
 Initially, 100sqm shall be tested following the installation of the first 3 floors
of curtain wall.
 Further testing of 30sqm shall be carried out every 10 floors (minimum of 10
locations).
 East test shall cover an area of not less than 30 sqm and not less than 5
linear meters of works.
 The water tests shall be carried out by an independent testing agent to be approved
by the Façade Consultant.
 Submit test report for each field hose test conducted.
 If a test is unsuccessful, the Façade contractor shall allow to investigate the cause(s)
of failure, rectify the problem and re-test the failed panel and additional panels until
such time as the Façade Consultant is satisfied with the weatherproofing performance
of the glazing system.
 The Façade Consultant may instruct that further testing be carried out at no additional
costs.

B. FIELD WATER TEST (ASTM E1105)


 Field Water Test shall conform to ASTM E1105

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page40
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Conduct hose tests on random areas of façade type as nominated by the Employer’s
Representative or Façade Consultant to demonstrate waterproofing of the
installations.
 Allow to conduct test for a minimum 30m² for every 10,000m² curtain wall.
 The water tests shall be carried out by an independent testing agent to be approved
by the Façade Consultant.
 Submit test report for each field hose test conducted.
 If a test is unsuccessful, the Façade contractor shall allow to investigate the cause(s)
of failure, rectify the problem and re-test the failed panel and additional panels until
such time as the Consultant is satisfied with the weatherproofing performance of the
glazing system.
 The Façade Consultant may instruct that further testing be carried out at no additional
costs.

C. GUTTER TEST
 Conduct 100% gutter testing for all relevant unitised curtain wall assemblies.
 The gutter test shall be carried out for minimum 8 hours.

D. WATER TESTING OF FLASHINGS, AND EPDM CLOSURES


 Conduct 100% water testing during the façade installation, to ensure that leaks are
identified and repaired prior to installation of internal linings and finishes.
 All water tests shall be included in the program by the Façade contractor.
 Should problems arise during any of the above water testing, the Consultants may
instruct that further testing be carried out at no additional costs. Locations and times
shall be nominated by the Façade Consultant.
 The water tests shall be carried out by an independent testing agent to be approved
by the Façade Consultant.

322 OTHER FIELD TESTS

A. CAST-IN AND BRACKET TEST


 Test a minimum of 3 brackets and embeds fixed to the base structure for each fixing
condition. The brackets shall be fixed to prefabricated concrete blocks, which exactly
represent the base structure in relation to edge distances, reinforcement and concrete
strength. Prepare and submit shop drawings prior to fabrication of the concrete
blocks. Be responsible for making and transporting the concrete blocks to the testing
laboratory.
 Install test fixings in accordance with approved shop drawings, but locate with most
adverse tolerances and application of loads.
 Acceptance of the fixing system is dependent on each test failure load being at least
3x the design working load for concrete failure, 2x for metal failure and the absence of
permanent deformation at 1.5x the design load.
 The test report shall be submitted and approved prior to casting in of embeds or
fixings into the structure.

B. ANCHOR BOLT TEST – NORMAL LOAD


 Load test 3 in every 100 anchor bolts installed to 1.5 times the design load.
 Provide test certification to the Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant on a
progressive basis.

C. ANCHOR BOLT TEST – SUSPENDED LOAD

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page41
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Test anchors supporting loads suspended from concrete soffit as follows:


 Test the first 10 anchors installed.
 If any of the first 10 fail, re-install and re-test failed anchors and test a
further 10 anchors.
 Repeat until no anchors fail.
 Test 1 in 40 of subsequent anchors.
 If any subsequent anchors fail, re-install and retest, together with 5
additional tests on the previous 40 anchors.
 Repeat until no anchors fail.
 Provide test certification to the Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant on a
progressive basis.

D. WELDING TEST
 Welding test and inspection shall be performed by a qualified and approved
independent third party approved by Consultant
 Testing is to be in accordance with AS1554 or EN 15163
The minimum testing required are as follows:

Weld Description Connection Ultrasonic


Visual MPI Test
Type or X-ray
Fillet Welds
Steel thickness less than Secondary 25 % - 20%
12mm Primary 50 % 10 % 20%
Steel thickness between 12 Secondary 50 % 10 % 20%
and 24mm Primary 100 % 25 % 20%
Steel thickness over 24mm Secondary 100 % 25 % 20%
Primary 100 % 100 % 20%
Butt Welds
Full Penetration all 100 % 100 % 100%
Part Penetration all 100% 20% 20%
Combination butt fillets
Tubes < 10mm
100 % 25 % 25%
Tubes > 10mm
100 % 100 % 100%
Note: Secondary connections are to minor cleats, stiffener plates etc..
Primary connections are at the ends of a member.
MPI : Magnetic Particle Inspection

330 MATERIALS TESTING

331 ALUMINIUM STUDS


 Prior to the start of fabrication, demonstrate the strength of welded aluminium stud
fixings by testing in tension to destruction six fixings attached to test panels cut from
sheets identical to the permanent aluminium panels. Repeat process at 30% and 60%
stages of the fabrication programme. Submit a test report prepared by the approved
laboratory prior to the start of fabrication.
 Test all studs on 1 panel out of 10 to 1.5 times design load. Record and submit
records when requested. Any failure will require 100% testing of the particular batch.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page42
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Acceptance of the fixing system is dependent on the average of each set of six test
failure loads being at least twice the design load and the absence of permanent
deformation at 1.5 times the design load.

332 SCREW FIXINGS


 Demonstrate the strength of each connection by testing 18 screws in accordance with
AS 1664 or ASTM B 557 or an equivalent Standard, Stagger tests in groups of 6.
 The test report shall be submitted and approved prior to fabrication.

333 SILICONE SEALANT

A. GENERAL
 All sealant tests should be carried out by the sealant manufacturer.

B. COMPATIBILITY
 The Sealant manufacturer which confirm compatibility of the sealant with all
surrounding materials including finishes (anodising, paint etc.), glass coatings, glazing
gaskets, setting blocks, spacers, backing rod, concrete, steel, etc. The sealant should
not cause intrusion into laminated glass interlayer or IGU seals.
 The test certificates shall be provided by a registered laboratory, stating that detail
drawings have been reviewed and approved and all materials in the vicinity of the
sealant have been tested.

C. ADHESION – WEATHER SEALS AND AIR SEALS


 Wet sealants shall be tested at the installation on site. At least 3 tests of every detail
at 3 separate locations shall be checked using the "Hand Pull" method to ASTM C794.
The Façade contractor shall be responsible for the issue of a report from the sealant
manufacturer stating that the sealant manufacturer's representative was present at
every test during application and execution. Further, the report shall state the sealant
manufacturer's installation procedure requirements with respect to cleaning, priming
and tooling etc and that these procedures were correctly followed for the test.
 Dry weather seals (gaskets) and air seals shall be tested in the actual position and on
the actual substrates for the relevant seal.
 No sealing shall be carried out until the sealants and gaskets have been approved.

D. STRUCTURAL SILICONE
 Obtain written confirmation from the structural silicone supplier that:
 Joint design is acceptable and within warranty parameters
 Silicone is compatible with proposed glass and aluminium substrates (provide
evidence of compatibility testing)
 Silicone will not cause contamination and intrusion of laminated glass
interlayer and IGU seals.
 Conduct ‘butterfly’ and peel tests in the factory to confirm silicone consistency and
adhesion. Record the results of all such tests in the factory QA system.
 Confirm by the signoff of site QA documentation that all structural silicone joints have
been installed in full accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements.
 Submit copy of site Quality Assurance documentation.

E. STRUCTURAL SILICONE – ADHESION (DE-GLAZING) TESTS


 Carry out and submit results for factory adhesion (de-glazing) tests to fully cured
glazed panels selected randomly.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page43
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Cut joint at midpoint to leave half the sealant attached to the glass and half to the
substrate.
 Carry out visual examination of joint fill, voiding and structural bite adhesion.
 After testing, fully remove silicone tape and spacers, thoroughly clean and re-apply
sealant in accordance with approved procedures in the factory.
 Testing shall be carried out at the rate as follows:
 One unit in the first 10 units.
 One unit in the next 40 units.
 One unit in the next 50 units.
 One unit in each 100 thereafter.
 After testing, replace the adhesive by approved factory procedures.
 Any unsatisfactory occurrence including lack of joint fill, lack of adhesion, excessive
voiding or other apparent defect, may be grounds for all units represented by that
testing to be rejected. Carry out additional testing of units manufactured on the same
day and one day either side (a further five units). Such units may be accepted on the
condition that a satisfactory explanation of such occurrence is submitted and that no
additional unsatisfactory occurrences occur.

340 QUALITY CONTROL

341 GENERAL
 The Façade contractor shall provide and appoint a Quality Assurance team on-site and
in factory who will be responsible for all quality aspects of the works. Submit name
and details.
 The Façade contractor shall be responsible for all quality control procedures necessary
to ensure that all finished elements conform to the requirements of this Specification.
 The Façade contractor shall prepare a manual documenting all quality control
procedures followed, both as standard work practices and to conform to the following
quality control requirements. This manual shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ISO 9000.
 The minimum contents of this manual would be expected to include the quality control
procedures outlined in this specification and those noted in the audit by the Design
Team
 An audit of the procedures may be performed by the Façade Consultant. Random
and/or regular inspections may be carried out by the Façade Consultant and
Employer’s representative to confirm the procedures are being followed.
 As a condition of supply and before final approval of shop drawings for fabrication, the
manufacturers and/or suppliers of all proposed glass, and all sealants, glazing tapes
and associated products shall submit certification that the Contract Documents and
shop drawings have been inspected, and the proposed products and design are
suitable, and any particular requirements and modifications have been included.
 Compliance with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures (on
commencing fabrication and periodically).
 Compliance of performance design, including materials and components, with
Contract Documents (on completion).
 All panels should be traceable. This includes:
 Provide a complete numbering system and schedule for all cladding and
glazing panel units. Each panel shall be individually numbered in such a way
that the manufactured history can be traced. Provide an approved permanent
concealed marking system.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page44
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Before the panels are delivered to the site, provide suitable marks or
identification for each panel for showing its correct location and orientation
when installed.
 Identification labels on glass shall be made on a non-marking adhesive tape
fixed to the glass. No tape shall be put onto the reflective coating side of a
glass panel.
 Full register identifying each panel and structural silicone batch used whether
installed on site or in the factory
 The Façade contractor should provide sufficient notice (not less than 2 working days)
to Façade consultant and employer’s representative so that inspections may be made
of the following:
 Factory inspections (including glass and aluminium extrusion) at least twice,
prior to the approval and during the production.
 Fabricated assemblies at the factory, at least three times, prior to 1st batch
production, prior to 1st delivery and during mass production.
 Preparation for, and commencement of, any site glazing or re-glazing.
 Required testing prototypes
 First constructed examples/benchmarks constructed and ready for inspection
or testing.
 Commencement of any required testing, on or off site.
 Field tests including gutter testing and water testing.
 Any other inspection as may be required at the Façade Consultant’s
discretion.

For panel inspections in the factory, the minimum number of panels to be available for
inspection shall be agreed with the Façade contractor, but generally shall be in logical
groupings of finished work. These are to be arranged to allow all faces, returns and
edges to be viewed and compared with approved samples under adequate lighting for
both close and comparative inspection.

342 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES – FACTORY


 Façade contractor QA/QC team should conduct regular quality control inspections and
should be recorded on the ‘Site Quality Control Record”.
 Factory audit of the Façade contractor’s adherence to the procedures in the factory is
to be carried out by the Consultant.
 At these visits, the Façade contractor will be inspected and the factory quality control
checklist should be completed for work currently being made.
 The progress of the factory quality control procedure will be monitored and a random
inspection of stock piled components will be carried out. The packing of the elements
for delivery to site will also be inspected.
 Details of these visits will be recorded on a ‘Quality Control – Factory Inspection
Record’. This record shall show as a minimum:
 The element inspected during manufacture, together with the corresponding
Factory Quality Control Checklist.
 The Factory Quality Control Checklists reviewed and comments relating to
the stock piled elements that are inspected.
 The quality assurance checks shall include:
 Curtain wall completed panel assembly correct and true as per design intent
drawings and Façade contractor's shop drawings. Also check for design faults
not obvious on drawings.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page45
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Inspection of fixing inserts to ensure that they are correctly installed with
adequate cover, etc.
 Appearance; there shall be full inspections for damage to panels.
 Handling/storage/transport to be carried out with no damage to elements.
Any damage may result in rejection of elements.

343 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES – ON SITE


 An on-site audit of the quality control procedures of the Façade contractor will be
carried out by the Consultant.
 This inspection will be of a random nature and the Façade contractor will inspect all
steel and aluminium supports. Further installed elements shall be inspected as
appropriate.
 Façade contractor QA/QC team should conduct regular quality control inspections and
should be recorded on the ‘Site Quality Control Record”.

344 REPORTING
 The Façade contractor factory and site inspection quality control checklists, together
with the Façade contractor quality control checklists shall be submitted periodically
and reviewed during the meetings.
 A combined defects list shall then be compiled which forms the reference for remedial
work to be performed. Defects shall be corrected by the Façade contractor and signed
off by the Consultant Team.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page46
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

400 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

410 GENERAL
 Be responsible for, and warrant for the warranty period, all functional and
performance design requirements of the complete façade systems, including all
relevant testing.
 The façade and glazing systems generally shall be water proof and weather proof, able
to support all dead loads, wind loads, live loads and other loads imposed on the
façade system, accommodate all movements due to base structure movement and
deflections and thermal expansion and contraction, and generally retain its
appearance for the service life of the system without failure or breakdown of individual
materials and components.
 All work shall have adequate dimensional stability to function properly and prevent
damage to adjacent or applied work by others.

411 DESIGN LIFE


 Design Life – 50 years to include all framing, brackets & fixings (excluding structural
and weather silicone).

412 SAFETY IN DESIGN


 The façade contractor must incorporate into the design development process
procedures that clearly demonstrate safety in design has been considered and
incorporated into the design and meets the requirements of the occupational health
and safety act, wherever applicable. Maintain and make available a detailed register
clearly identifying safety in design actions.
 Comply with all aspects of the latest version of the local building regulations in relation
to safety against human impact. In addition to the requirements of the local
regulations, provide laminated safety glass 900mm above finished floor level. There
shall be no fully tempered glass to any external lite of an IGU or in any laminated
assembly unless expressly approved by the Employer’s Representative. Toughened
glass may only be used for the inner lite of an IGU where safety glass is required,
unless expressly approved by the Employer’s Representative.

413 FIXING BRACKETS & ANCHORAGES

A. FIXING REQUIREMENTS GENERALLY


 Design and provide all connections, brackets and fixings by approved methods so that
all loads can be transferred from the façade system to the base structure in
accordance with the design criteria and in a manner that prevents excessive joint
displacement, slippage or distortion.
 All components are to be designed for the maximum tolerance of the system.
 There shall be no direct fixing or close contact between any part of the façade system
and the base structure or internal linings, except through approved bracket
connections.
 Brackets and related components shall be scheduled and described in detail on shop
drawings. Show details of all related components and connections to areas by others.
 Brackets shall be designed to provide three-dimensional adjustment and accurate
location of the work, and be rigidly fixed after the work is finally positioned.

B. BASE BUILDING SUBSTRATES

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page47
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Provide contingency design and installation procedures for all typical substrate
conditions and deficiencies, this is to include:
 Reinforcement clashes
 Excessive out-of-tolerance concrete
 Clash with concrete joints, and other structural details
 Mislocated, missed and incorrect embeds
 Check all base structure reinforcement locations. Refer to structural drawings to
establish bracket-fixing locations. Verify relationship between brackets and concrete
reinforcement on shop drawings.

C. ANCHORS

Provide anchors and other methods of attachment of the façade system to the base
structure which:
 Are compatible with the bracket assembly and together providing three-way
adjustment to accommodate fabrication and construction tolerances.
 Fix the façade system in its correct position providing for building and façade
movements.
 Are structurally adequate to carry the design loads for the worst possible bracket
positioning.
 Comply with all relevant Authority requirements.

D. FIXING BRACKETS
 Design fixing brackets for the worst possible panel eccentricity, packing location and
uneven load sharing. Due consideration shall be given to additional forces from prying
action and bolt group effects.
 Design and install brackets so that all façade loads are transmitted through brackets
and prevent transfer of loads through panel joints to adjacent panels.

420 VISUAL REQUIREMENTS

A. PROFILES

Design façade components so that sizes, profiles, dimensions and architectural style are
as close as possible to those indicated on the tender drawings. Indicate any variations on
the shop drawings. Do not commence production of façade elements until all profiles have
been approved.

B. APPLIED FINISHES

The design of the components, selection and application of finishes, and installation
procedures shall ensure a high standard of applied finish protection during construction.
Develop and implement procedures to eliminate scratches, marks and blemishes to
finished surfaces. Indicate procedures on shop drawings and in the installation
procedures.

C. FLATNESS AND ALIGNMENT

The design of the components, fabrication and installation procedures shall ensure a high
standard of flatness, joint and edge straightness, and alignment of mating surfaces of
joinery. Close attention shall be given to cutting and cut edge treatment procedures,
stiffening and the tightening of fixings and fastenings, which may cause distortion or
warping.

D. EXPOSED SEALANTS
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page48
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Indicate all sealants and gaskets on shop drawings. Indicate the anticipated service
life and method of replacement for all sealant and gasket components.
 No exposed sealants of any type, structural, weather, smoke or otherwise shall be
permitted in any of the finished internal works that will be exposed to public view. In
the event that internal sealants are required as a remedial measure to alleviate a
leaking façade, the Façade contractor shall be held liable for compromising the
aesthetic integrity of the finished façade.
 No exposed sealants of any type, structural, weather, smoke or otherwise shall be
permitted in any of the finished external works, which will be exposed to public view
unless specifically indicated in the tender drawings.

430 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS


 Design all components of the curtain wall/glass wall systems, including anchorages,
fixings, adhesives and structural adhesives, to carry all temporary and permanent
design loads, individually and in combination without causing failure, including failure
which may be due to one or more over-stresses, including cracking, bowing, distortion
and looseness, lack of rigidity, dislodgement by wind forces, excessive deflection or
defects which would cause damage to adjacent or applied work by others.
 Prepare and submit full structural analysis in the form of computations and shop
drawings. Co-ordinate with the Main Contractor as required for additional information
on base structure conditions. Materials and components shall be engineered to
accommodate all loading conditions.
 Strength, stiffness and sizes of components and fixings shall be adequate for all
conditions and requirements.

431 DEAD LOADS


 Design façade brackets and cast-in anchors to carry 2x the self-weight without
causing overstress or slipping of anchors.
 The total self-weight (un-factored) shall be used in combination with wind load and
live load and other applied loads in the design of all members.

432 LIVE LOADS


 Design façade system to carry the following loads in combination with full dead load
and 25% of the design wind loading:
 A point loading of 1.15kN on all horizontal surfaces including projecting
features, sills and canopies
 A line loading of 0.75kN/m acting either downward or outward on all window
sills
 A uniformly distributed loading of 0.75kPa on all roofs and canopies
 A line loading on inner lites of glass of 0.75kN/m acting outwards at a height
of 1100mm above the finished floor level
 These live loading requirements do not need to be superimposed with each other.
 Live loading for canopies shall be taken as 0.75kPa + allowances for BMU access
loadings.

433 WIND LOADS


 The wind load requirements therein shall be satisfied taking into account the building
height effect and funnelling effect from surrounding buildings.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page49
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The Façade contractor may increase the values as they deem appropriate. The Façade
contractor shall be solely responsible for determining appropriate load values.
The façade shall be designed to withstand the pressure or wind loads in accordance
with the following, whichever is higher:

a) Vietnam National Standard TCVN 2737 “Loaded And Action – Design Code “
b) British Standard BS 6399
c) Wind Tunnel Test: “Cladding Wind Load Study” as prepared by RWDI, dated
January 19, 2015.

434 SEISMIC LOADS


 Design seismic forces shall be in accordance with the latest edition of ASCE7 and local
standards.

435 OTHER LOADS

A. CANOPIES AND BLANK-OFF WALLS


 Design load reduction for façade to feature canopies and blanked-off walls: Single
sealed panel systems to drained cavities with solid backup walls shall not be designed
to incorporate wind load reduction principles based on (partial) pressure equalisation.

B. TEMPORARY AND CONSTRUCTION LOADS:


 Design the façade systems to allow for all handling and installation loads without
causing overstress, permanent deflection or warping.
 No permanent deformation of panels, channel legs and the like during installation to
enable panels to fit into place will be approved.

436 BUILDING MOVEMENTS


 Design façade system to provide for deflections, displacements and other movements
within the façade system, and between the façade system and the base building
(including fire stop and smoke flashing connections). Include manufacturing
tolerances, site tolerances, movements caused by ambient temperature changes, wind
loads, dead loads, live loads, shrinkage and settlement.
 Allowance for movement shall be in addition to allowance for building tolerances.
 Joints shall accommodate the worst possible combination of effects to prevent loads of
any kind being transferred from the building into the façade system, excessive
movements of any joints or failure of weather seals.
 Prepare and submit full analysis and complete details of proposed design movement
allowances based on the base structure information contained in the Contract
Documents. Indicate movement limits and required clearances on shop drawings.
 Accommodate movements within the design movement allowances indicated on the
approved shop drawings, silently and without failure of the system, permanent
deformation, reduction of performance, visible movement at any joint, or other
detrimental effects including:
 Application of stresses or induced loads to any component or system,
including structural elements, fixings, glass or face panels
 Damage to any component or system, including structural elements, fixings,
glass or face panels
 Failure of joint seals
 All movement allowances shall be consistent and applied across all junctions and/or
components for each expansion joint system or assembly.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page50
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The Façade contractor shall regularly assess and take into consideration the effect of
ongoing base building movements on façade set-out.
 Design façade system so that no structural or architectural element, joint or weather
seal failure occurs for the following lateral movements between successive floors.
 The base structure will continue to undergo deflection during the life of the building
due to variation in live load and creep of the concrete structural elements.
 Design the façade system to accommodate the absolute relative vertical deflections
and horizontal movements that may occur due to panel rotations due to the following
displacements occurring between successive floors:
 Differential column and core shortening
 Beam or slab edge displacement
 Axial Shortening of edge beams
 Floor to floor drift of the building
 Long-term axial shortening of edge beams
 For more detailed information regarding base building movements refer to Appendix B
of this specification or Refer to Structural Engineer’s Report and Specification.

437 THERMAL STRESSES/MOVEMENTS


 Preliminary design shall be based on a metal temperature range from +15ºC to
+70ºC. Prepare and submit full analysis of weather conditions and proposed design
temperature range for all components and/or assemblies and indicate all design
movements on the shop drawings.
 Provide for all thermal movement to take place freely in the plane of the façade
system without causing harmful buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on
fasteners and glass or other detrimental effects. No component or system shall be
stressed or subject to induced loading as a result of thermal movement.
 Full movement allowances including assembly and installation tolerances shall be
incorporated into all junction/components at each expansion joint or assembly.

440 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. GENERAL
 Co-ordinate maintenance design of the façade system with BMU contractor. Allow for
all BMU loads in façade design.
 Install all required restraint fixings, brackets, supports and the like, and allowable
tolerances for the operation of the equipment. Restraint sockets and (three-ball
minimum) plungers are to be supplied by BMU Façade contractor.

B. LOADING
 Design façade system to carry all BMU loads acting in combination with full dead load
and wind load, in accordance with EN 1808. BMU loads are not required to be super-
imposed with live loads. Verify all loads with BMU Supplier.
 Single point loads at any location on the BMU socket (equivalent working loads,
dynamic factors incorporated):
 Inward perpendicular to face: 2.7kN
 Outward perpendicular to face: 2.7kN
 Upward load normal use: 2.7kN
 Vertically downward: 2.7kN
 Sideways horizontal: 2.7kN

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page51
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

C. DAMAGE

Horizontal or near horizontal surfaces, which form part of the façade system such as
copings, beam encasements, ledges, or the like, shall be designed to carry human live
loads from maintenance personnel.

D. SELF-CLEANING

The design of all components in this contract shall be such that their configuration shall
facilitate the self-cleaning of the various systems. Inclined drainage surfaces and
flashings, properly designed drip grooves and self-cleaning joint design are examples of
this requirement.

E. PANEL REPLACEMENT METHODS

Design and install the façade system shall allow for the future replacement of any
individual panel without the need for substantial removal of other panels. Submit details
and procedures for replacing individual damaged items.

450 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS


 Provide protective coatings to prevent corrosion of metal components, including
concealed and structural components.
 Adjacent materials and products generally shall be chemically and electrolytically
compatible with each other and with relevant substrates, and shall be non-staining
and non-bleeding.
 Metals shall be isolated to prevent electrolytic action and corrosion from adjacent
dissimilar metals and absorptive substrates, by an approved coating or spacer.
 Submit details of coatings, spacers and other means of isolation between dissimilar or
incompatible materials to prevent corrosion, perforation of protective coatings, or
other damage due to electrolytic action, chemical attack, or to any other cause
including bad practice, incorrect installation, or inefficient fixing methods.
 Where there is a known or anticipated incompatibility between materials proposed
under this specification and materials to be provided by others, submit details of
proposed separation, coatings and spacers.
 Submit certificates from relevant manufacturers confirming acceptance of the use of
the selected products in the manner and on the substrates proposed.

460 TOLERANCE

461 BASE BUILDING TOLERANCE

The façade shall be designed to accommodate the primary structure construction tolerances
allowed to the Main contractor. Unless otherwise noted, the maximum construction tolerances
shall be taken as follows:
 Plan position of the building edge: +/- 25mm
 Level of slab surface and slab soffit: +/- 25mm
 Deviation of column locations at any storey relative to required position:
+/- 25mm
 Deviation in plan over 10 floors: < 50mm

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page52
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

462 FABRICATION TOLERANCES


 Tolerances at joints and junction details shall take precedence over tolerances of
panels and major components. Tolerances generally shall be:
 Joint width: +/- 1.0mm
 Length and width of major components: +/- 0.5mm
 Diagonals of major components: +/- 1.0mm
 Aluminium extrusions generally: 50% ADCA standards
 Misalignment of mating surfaces: +/- 0.5mm
 Submit a schedule of fabrication tolerances for all major façade system components.
Indicate extremes of allowable base building tolerances on shop drawings.
 Aluminium sheets for cladding panels shall be tension levelled.
 Flatness of architectural stainless steel shall be not less than "stretcher level" grade.
Submit manufacturer's specifications.

463 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES

In addition to required fabrication tolerances, all parts of the façade, when completed, shall be
within the following tolerances:
 Position on plan, or vertical surface: +/- 3mm.
 Deviation in alignment: Not more than 1mm in 3m; 4mm in 12m.
 Deviation in level (horizontal): Not more than 1mm in 3m; 4mm in 12mm
 Deviation in plumb (vertical): Not more than 1mm in 6m; 4mm in 12mm
 Offset in alignment of adjoining surfaces: +/- 0.5mm.
 Offset in alignment of separated surfaces: +/- 1.5mm.
 Maximum difference in joint width between adjacent panels shall be not more
than 1mm.

470 OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

A. SELF GENERATED NOISE:

Design and install all façade systems and cladding systems (generally and all
components) to provide for noiseless movement caused by thermal expansion and when
subject to dynamic loading caused by wind as well as BMU and cleaning operations. The
system shall not generate noise due to creaking, drumming or rattle. All façade/cladding
surfaces/roofs shall not whistle due to wind.

Metal to metal contact between inter-locking members is not permitted.

B. LIGHTNING PROTECTION
 The Façade contractor shall coordinate with the Electrical contractor for the proper
bonding of the façade at specific locations (as dictated by the façade contractor) to the
main lightning protection system provided by the electrical contractor.
 The exterior cladding system shall be designed and constructed to achieve electrical
continuity, with electrical bonding locations tied to main electrical earthing system.
 The Façade contractor shall carry out and demonstrate the uniqueness of lightning
protection characteristics of the façade system according to the manufacturers
standard recommendations. The façade contractor is then to test jointly with the
electrical contractor for the successful amalgamation of the façade lightning
prevention property into the main (lightning protection) system provided by the
electrical contractor.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page53
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The Façade contractor is to co-ordinate with the Electrical contractor for the details of
connection tabs and makes all necessary provisions for the earthing strap connection.
Earthing straps are to be provided and installed by Electrical contractor.

C. ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE
 The acoustic performance of the façade elements shall have sound transmission loss
complying the acoustic specifications where available when tested in accordance with
ASTM E90, ISO 140 and BS 2750.
 The façade shall be tested in accordance to ASTM E90. The laboratory test must be
performed on a glazing assembly mounted in a frame comparable to the curtain wall
frame to be used on this project. Test proposal shall be submitted and approved by
the Architect and Façade Consultant before the test.
 Test reports from an accredited independent test laboratory shall be submitted to
substantiate the claimed sound transmission loss data. These test reports shall include
the 1/3 octave band frequency transmission loss data used in derivation of STL and a
description of laboratory facilities, physical dimensions, equipment etc. must be
included.
 The reports shall include room correction used in calculation of sound transmission
loss and the reverberation times of the receiving room.
 The acoustic requirement specified is for the system as a complete unit and the
contractor shall ensure that all frame, mounting and installation details integrity
maintain the acoustic of the overall façade element.
 The glazing system shall be constructed with, and shall maintain during its design life
a standard of seal which shall not result in any reduction in sound insulation
performance.
 Gaskets and seals used to achieve the required air tightness shall be selected to
accommodate fully the range of dimensional tolerances associated with fabrication and
installation of the glazing system. These gaskets and seals shall be formed from
material capable of maintaining the elastic qualities and dimensions sufficient to
maintain the full acoustic performance.
 Treatment against Cracking Noise: Proper treatment shall be provided to avoid the
cracking noise caused not only by thermal expansion and contraction of metal parts
but also by the deflection of the building structure.

D. SMOKE ISOLATION AND FIRE SEPARATION


 Design entire system to provide smoke isolation between floors and elsewhere as
required. Provide baffles fixed and sealed between base structure and façade system.
Submit details on shop drawings.
 Provide materials and methods of fabrication, installation and sealing which meet the
statutory requirements. Use materials that are non-corroding, or protected against
corrosion, or of such thickness that corrosion will not impair the required fire stopping
or smoke flashing function during the service life of the system.
 Vertical gaps between different fire compartment shall be filled with an approved fire
separation.

480 DEFLECTION LIMITS

A. IN-PLANE DEFLECTIONS
 Transom (for glazed façade systems – fixed panel): maximum span/300 or 3mm,
which is lesser.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page54
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Transom (for glazed façade systems – operable panel): maximum span/300 or


1.5mm, which is lesser.
The above are based on setting blocks being located at quarter points. Should the
setting blocks be moved closer to the supports to satisfy this deflection criterion, then
glass calculations supporting alternative setting block locations are to be provided
together with a supporting letter from the glass supplier to the acceptance of the
Consultant.
 Transom (For stone cladding support frames): maximum span/1000 or 1mm, which is
lesser.

B. OUT-OF-PLANE DEFLECTIONS
 Frame:
 Maximum 1/175 of the framing member clear-span for spans up to 4.115m;
in accordance with AAMA-TIR-A11-1996.
 Maximum 1/240 of the framing member clear-span + 6.35mm for a span
greater than 4.115m but not exceeding 12.2m; in accordance with AAMA-
TIR-A11-1996.
 Maximum 1/175 of the glass edge length or 19mm whichever is less, for the
included framing members along the glass edge of individual glass pane; in
accordance with AAMA-TIR-A11-1996. The 19mm limit is not to the overall
span of the member supporting multiple lites.
 Maximum 1/300 of the steel framing member clear-span for steel used in
supporting building cladding components and frames; in accordance with
ANSI/AISC 360 Chapter L Section L3. The deflection limits discussed in items
1 and 2 shall still be satisfied when steel is used as primary framing for
building cladding components.
 Maximum 1/360 of the framing member clear-span for skylights members
with attached plaster ceiling; in accordance with IBC Table 1604.3.
 Maximum 1/240 of the framing member clear-span for skylight members
supporting non-plaster ceiling; in accordance with IBC Table 1604.3.
 Maximum 1/180 of the framing members clear span for skylight members
not supporting ceiling; in accordance with IBC Table 1604.3.
 Maximum 1/240 of the framing member clear-span for framing members
with brittle finishes or dry walls are attached; in accordance with IBC Table
1604.3.
 Maximum 1/120 of the framing member clear-span for framing members
with flexible finishes; in accordance with IBC Table 1604.3.
 Glass:
 IGU: maximum 1/90 of the glass edge length or 20mm, whichever is lesser
 Monolithic/laminated glass: maximum 1/60 of the glass edge length or
20mm, whichever is lesser
 Balustrades cantilevered: maximum 1/30 of the clear height
 Aluminium panels (composite or solid): maximum 1/90 of the aluminium panels edge
length or 20mm, whichever is lesser
 Fixings/brackets: maximum 1mm
 Precast Concrete: maximum 1/350 of the precast concrete length or 15mm, whichever
is lesser.
 GFRC: maximum 1/350 of the GFRC length or 20mm, whichever is lesser.
 FRP: maximum 1/350 of the FRP length or 20mm, whichever is lesser.

C. OTHERS
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page55
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Maximum glass displacement due to the combined effect of all deflections shall not
exceed +/-25 mm in the centre of the pane.
 The aggregate effects of all loads shall not:
 Reduce the glass edge clearance below 75% of the design clearance or 6 mm
whichever is the greater.
 Allow interlocking mullions or transoms to bear against each other.
 If internal metal rails are provided at operable lites, they shall not encounter
permanent deformation, when subjected to authorities-specified horizontal live loads,
or 100% of vertical live load application, as specified in clause 432 LIVE LOADS–
point load. Confirm through testing in performance mock-up. If permanent
deformation cannot be avoided, then components shall be fully ‘replaceable’, and 10%
spares (rather than 5% as specified) shall be provided to Employer.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page56
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

500 MATERIAL, PRODUCTS AND COMPONENTS

Materials, finishes, colours and components used shall be as specified or other equal and
endorsed by the Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant.

Materials not listed shall be of the best quality and suitable for the purpose and as endorsed
by the Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant.

All materials shall be new and free from any defects that may impair the strength, functioning,
durability or appearance of the Façade System or adjacent construction.

Testing by an independent testing laboratory or review of data by Employer’s Representative


and Façade Consultant shall not mitigate the façade contractor's responsibility for performance
of the façade system nor relieve the façade contractor of his responsibility to verify for himself
that the work conforms to the Contract Documents.

In the event that materials, products and components that are proposed diverge from the pre-
approved suppliers, the façade contractor shall arrange and provide a maximum of 2 factory
visits to the proposed supplier. The first factory visit will be carried out at the inception of
fabrication to establish and verify QA/QC procedures. The second factory visit will be carried
out later in the project to confirm correct fabrication procedures and proper implementation of
the QA/QC plan. Allowance should be made for a maximum of four (4) representatives of the
Employer, Employer’s Representative and Façade Consultant for a maximum of 2 visits (in the
event that a glass supplier is rejected). Costs include round-trip flights (economy class for
flights less than 5 hours, business class if longer), accommodations, sustenance and
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

510 GLASS

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved glazing systems, glass and glazing accessories, which comply with
all performance requirements. Submit complete details for all type of glass, including
all construction details, mother glass, type of interlayer (for laminated glass), primary
and secondary seals, gas filling, corner treatment, and spacers.
 Provide a copy of the manufacturer’s guidelines, Quality Control and Acceptance
Criteria shall be submitted to the Consultant prior to preliminary glass order for
verification of acceptable manufacturing tolerances and defects in accordance with
ASTM C1036 q3, ASTM C1048 and ASTM C1172.
 Refer to Appendix A: Materials Schedule for types, locations and colours. Independent
test laboratory test is required to verify the glass performance data.
 The contractors or supplier should provide the test result from independent test
laboratory to verify the glass performance.
 All glass shall be free from cracks, scratches, bubbles, blisters, all inclusions of
deleterious matter including nickel sulphide and other defects, which detract from
appearance or interfere with performance.
 All glass shall have clean, wheel cut edges with minimum feather, free from vents,
notches, or shells.
 Thickness
 Glass types and thickness shall be not less than indicated in Appendix A of
this Specification: Materials Schedule.
 Determine the glass thicknesses in accordance with relevant Standards,
functional requirements including design wind loads, deflections and safety,
and manufacturer's recommendations. Submit computations.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page57
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Visual distortion of the glass will not be acceptable. The façade contractor
shall increase the glass thickness as necessary to prevent visible distortion
from occurring.
 All glass in the same visual plane shall be the same thickness unless
otherwise approved in writing.
 Thermal stress. Submit computations demonstrating the elimination of thermal stress
breakage risk, methods of overcoming thermal stress problems, and all assumptions.
The façade contractor shall consider all potential risk locations including but not
limited to the following:
 Heat build-up at shadow boxes and other un-vented spaces/zones.
 Make provision for internal curtains or blinds, which may temporarily create
unvented spaces prone to heat build-up adjacent to the vision section of the
façade system.
 Shadowing effects from internal and external projecting features
 The glass supplier shall provide data to verify that all glazing that is not heat
strengthened is thermally safe and will not be susceptible to thermal cracking.

B. REPLACEMENT OF GLASS
 Submit details of replacement procedures, including glass size limitations, and
equipment required. Include estimated maximum lead-time required by the glass
manufacturer to supply replacement units for each type of glass unit.

C. APPROVED SUPPLIER LIST


 Products shall be reputable proprietary products, factory manufactured under ISO
9001. Submit quality assurance documentation for all products, including brought-in
products, including ISO 9001 certification, and evidence of satisfactory long-term
performance in similar commercial conditions. The original glass manufacturer shall
carry out all secondary treatments to the glass.
 Products that may be approved include the following:
 AGC – Europe, Japan
 Interpane – Germany
 Pilkington NSG – UK, Japan
 PPG – USA
 Saint-Gobain - Europe

511 HEAT TREATED (HEAT-STRENGTHENED AND FULLY TEMPERED) GLASS

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved heat-strengthened glass and fully tempered glass, manufactured
using the "roller hearth", or an equivalent approved process.
 Base material shall be an approved selected quality float glass.
 All heat-treated glass (heat-strengthened and fully tempered) used in the works shall
be installed with the roller waves oriented in one direction. In the installed work shall
be horizontal unless otherwise approved in writing.
 Samples of heat strengthened glass lights shall be provided to the Consultant for
verification of the stress levels. Random testing of glass lights will be carried out by
the façade Consultant throughout the fabrication and installation process.
 The use of fully tempered glass is to be minimised. Fully tempered glass shall only be
used where identified in the Contract Drawings or where specifically permitted by the
façade Consultant.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page58
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

B. EDGE AND HOLE QUALITY


 Edge quality criteria for heat treated glass are as follows:
 Shark teeth shall not penetrate more than half of glass thickness.
 Serration hackle may occur only within 150mm of corners.
 Flare shall not exceed 1mm, measured perpendicular to glass surface across
the edge. Flare shall not occur at setting blocks.
 Bevel shall not exceed 1.5mm.
 Flake chips may occur only within 200mm of corners. Depth shall not exceed
1 mm and length or diameter shall not exceed 6mm.
 Rough chips, which exceed any of the dimensional limits for flake chips, are
not permitted.
 All edges and cuts shall be accurate, clean, sharp, square, smooth and free
of burrs.
 All heat-strengthened glass shall have ground edges
 All fully tempered glass shall have belt ground edges
 All exposed edges shall have belt arrised edged
 Do not cut, work, or permanently mark after toughening. Use installation methods
that prevent the glass making direct contact with metals or other non-resilient
materials.
 Holes in glass shall only be done at the glass manufacturer's plant in conformance
with related standards during the production of the glass prior to heat-treated
process.

C. COMPRESSION STRENGTH
 Surface compression stress of heat-strengthened glass shall be not less than 25MPa
and not more than 52MPa in accordance with ASTM 1048. The maximum allowable
deviation across one pane is maximum 5MPa.
 Surface compression stress of tempered glass shall be not less than 70MPa and not
more than 90MPa in accordance with ASTM 1048. The maximum allowable deviation
across one pane is maximum 5MPa.
 Surface stress shall be carried out once every an hour.

D. GLASS DISTORTION
 Roller Wave Distortion
 In the installed work, roller works shall be horizontal unless otherwise
approved in writing.
 The maximum roller wave shall not exceed 0.076mm, but not more than
0.04mm difference between two adjacent peaks in any 300mm length of
glass. Roller wave maximum values apply for both to site and factory.
 Bow Distortion
 ‘Bow’ and ‘warp’ shall have the same meaning. Overall bow across the
shorter glass dimension (‘the gauge length’) shall not exceed 0.00342 times
gauge length for gauge length less than 900mm, and 0.00258 times gauge
length for gauge length equal to or greater than 900mm.
 Roller Wave test and Bow Distortion shall be carried out once every an hour. Any
failure will require 100% testing of the particular batch.

E. HEAT-SOAK TESTING
 100% heat-soak testing in accordance with EN 14179 will be required for all fully
tempered glass. Submit heat soak method, temperature and duration for approval,

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page59
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

prior to commencement. Submit heat-soak testing certificate for all tempered glass
prior to installation.
 Probability of breakage of glass due to nickel sulphide inclusions or other inclusions
during the heat-soak testing process shall not exceed 1 breakage in 10 tonnes of any
batch. If it is higher the whole batch is to be replaced.
 Should spontaneous breakage due to inclusions exceed 1 in 400tons, the façade
contractor may be required to carry out 100% noptic scan of all fully-tempered glass
at the contractor’s cost.

F. STRAIN PATTERN
 Do full-scale shadow box visual mock-up prior to ordering glass.

G. QUALITY RECORDS
 Submit production and test record. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and
pass and/or fail rate.
 All test results (surface stress, roller-wave distortion, bow distortion and heat-soak
test) shall be submitted progressively on weekly basis.

512 LAMINATED GLASS

A. GENERAL
 Provide all required laminated glass in accordance with AS 2208, ASTM C1172 and
GANA Glazing Manual
 The base material shall be an approved selected quality float glass.

B. INTERLAYER
 Provide an approved polyvinylbutyral (PVB) interlayer. Submit details including test
results for adhesion, durability and compatibility with the proposed sealants.
 Edges of laminated glass are to be protected to prevent de-lamination, contamination
or other defects, caused by moisture, sealant contact or other external/internal
source.
 Glass walls with fin system or glass with higher structural or safety requirements glass
should use ionoplast interlayer with higher structural capacity. Interlayer that may be
accepted include SGP (SentryGlas® Plus) from Dupont, Saflex® DG from Solutia or
equivalent brand.

C. EDGE QUALITY
 All laminated glass shall have clean cut edges, or polished edges where exposed or if
required to eliminate thermal stress breakage risk. Laminated glass to have any non-
encapsulated interlayer protected from elements.
 The load bearing edge should be 0.0mm slip/step/offset
 All glass with exposed edges shall have belt arrised edges
 Where edges of laminated glass are exposed or in contact with sealant use glazing
materials or edge protection tape that does not cause deterioration or discolouration
of the interlayer. Product may be accepted is Argo Edge Seal Plus or approved
equivalent.

D. QUALITY RECORDS
 Provide daily records of maximum factory temperature and humidity and weekly
records of water quality used for washing glass. In the event that interlayer supplier
application requirements are not satisfied, batches of non-complying glass shall be
rejected.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page60
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

E. INSTALLATION
 Submit test results in accordance with an approved test programme to confirm the
compatibility of laminated glass with adjacent glazing materials.

513 INSULATING GLASS UNITS

A. GENERAL
 All insulated glass shall be dual-sealed units, with a desiccated air space between
panes hermetically sealed with primary poly-isobutylene and secondary silicone seals
at the perimeter of the unit.
 Secondary silicone seal shall be by Dow Corning, Momentive or Sika.
 Insulated units shall be designed for performance classification indicated as well as
with other requirements specified.
 Unit composition and seals shall be designed to utilize load sharing between
the two lites.
 Unit spacers shall be aluminium and shall have bent (not mitred or spliced)
corners. The date of manufacture for the unit shall be discretely identified on
the spacer (top of unit, left or right corner).
 Where required, “warm-edge” spacers shall made of hybrid construction,
comprising of stainless steel and low thermal conductivity thermoplastic. The
brand may be accepted included Technoform or approved equivalent.
 Secondary silicone seals shall be designed to accept the specified wind loads.
 Glass supplied for use in the insulated glass units shall be not less than 6mm in
thickness. All glass shall be heat-treated as required to satisfy wind load and thermal
stress criteria.
 Spacer bar shall be an approved proprietary aluminium type, desiccant filled, black-
anodised compatible with seals. Conceal spacer bar within the depth of the glazing
gasket line to ensure smooth sight line.
 All glass substrates shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried prior to the fabrication of
units.
 The glass manufacturer shall be notified, in writing, of any two-sided or four-sided
structural silicone glazing designs prior to unit manufacture.
 The IGU manufacturer is to provide full written sign-off and acceptance of all IGU
configurations and the location of their intended use for this project.
 Colour of primary and secondary seals shall be the same and as selected by the
architect.
 Where required, provide rare gas fills (Argon, Xenon, etc) with minimum of 90% fill
ratio.
 Capillary Tubes are not permitted to be used unless prior approval is received from
the façade consultant.

B. SEAL PERFORMANCE
 IGUs shall incorporate approved polyisobutylene primary (vapour) seals continuously
bonded to glass, and two-part silicone secondary (structural) seals. Primary seal shall
be not less than 3 mm wide.
 Secondary seal shall completely cover spacer with no gaps or voids, continuously
bonded to glass.
 Submit computations for distance between the outer edge of the glass and the
innermost edge of the aluminium spacer indicating minimum bite of secondary
(structural) seal and spacer bar depth. Include sealant manufacturer's
recommendations and load tables.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page61
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 IGUs that incorporated rare gas fills (Argon, Xenon, etc) shall incorporate a primary
and secondary seal that warrant a minimum 90% fill retention after 10 years.
 IGU’s secondary seal shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 24hours to 72hours
after application as recommended by the sealant manufacturer before being packed
for delivery.

C. EDGE QUALITY:
 All heat-strengthened lites of IGUs shall have belt-arrised edges.
 All laminated lites of IGUs shall have belt arrised edges.
 The load-bearing edge should be 0.0mm slip/step/offset. Max. Offset for other edges
shall be 1.0mm.

D. QUALITY RECORDS
 Submit production and test record. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and
pass and/or fail rate.

514 VISUAL EFFECTS AND COATINGS

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved coatings and visual effects of paint, coatings or interlayer to glass to
match the aesthetic and thermal requirement.

Coatings may include:


 Translucent, coloured or patterned interlayer to laminated glass
 Decorative painted patterns, colours and textures
 Reflective or Low-E solar control coatings
 Colour, reflectivity and appearance shall be uniform for each glazing type. All coated
and tinted glass of each type and thickness is to come from the one float line and
production run. All glass provided for the project is to match approved colour samples
and fall within the limits of the colour range allowed.
 Coating line shall incorporate a continuous monitoring system measuring optical
properties of every coated piece
 Colour range must fall within the limits established by approved samples. The
difference shall not exceed 2E Hunter.

B. GLASS COATINGS
Glass coatings shall conform to the following criteria:
 Glass coating shall in accordance with ASTM 1036 and following criteria:
 Pinhole diameter shall not exceed 0.8mm in the central area, and 1.5mm in
the outer area.
 Within any 300mm diameter circle, there shall be no more than one pinhole
with diameter in the range 0.8mm to 1.6mm.
 Within any 300mm diameter circle, there shall be no more than 4 pinholes.
 Scratches, rub marks or other gaps in the coating are not permitted where
any portion thereof could include a circle with diameter exceeding 0.8mm.
Where the included circle is 0.8mm or less, length of the scratch, rub marks
or other gap shall not exceed 25mm in the central area and 75mm in the
outer area.
 Streaks or splotches resulting from non-uniformity of the coating that
appears visible from the building interior or exterior are not permitted.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page62
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

C. DECORATIVE CERAMIC PAINTS


 All ceramic fritted glass shall have ceramic paint applied to the glass using the
silkscreen process, and fused into the surface of the glass during the heat treatment
process.
 Decorative ceramic paints shall be from Pilkington Seraphic Glass or façade Consultant
approved equivalent. Colours (Delicolor Paints or façade Consultant approved
equivalent) shall be matched to the RAL Colour System or other approved colour
range. Submit samples to the Employer’s Representative, Architect or Façade
Consultant prior to manufacture.
 Paint coverage shall be to within 3mm of the edge of the glass.
 All ceramic fritted glass shall be resistant to attack from mechanical damage or
abrasion, during normal use and maintenance
 All ceramic fritted glass shall be resistant to weathering, fading or discolouration due
to attack from climatic conditions, UV or atmospheric pollutants.
 The screen-printed surface of the glass shall face the inside of the building in the final
construction.
 Defects, including scratches and pinholes shall not be visible when viewed at a
distance of 3m.
 Surface area coverage shall be based on Ceramic Colour Pattern as specified by the
Architect.
 Cutting of panels, edge distance for colour coverage and ceramic pattern orientation
shall be closely co-ordinated. Confirm pattern / layout with Architect prior to the start
of mass production.

D. OPACIFYING FILMS
 Opacifying films or post installation applied films will not be accepted unless
specifically instructed by the Employer’s Representative, Architect or Façade
Consultant.

E. SURFACE TREATMENT
 All exposed external glass surface shall be coated with non-stick and easy cleaning to
increase the repellence and protect the surface of glass from corrosion, oxidation and
staining especially during the construction period.
 The glass conversion process is to be carried out by application of a liquid containing
one or more polymers, which chemically cross-link to form a multi-molecular
compound strongly bonded to the glass surface.
 The coating shall be anti-fogging and hydrophilic (with contact angle less than 4°) or
hydrophobic (with contact angle more than 100°). Submit test report.
 The coating system shall provide long-term protection, with efficiency of 5 years
minimum and be able to be reapplied.
 The polymer liquid must be low in toxicity and not be restricted for environmental
reasons.

F. OTHER DECORATIVE TREATMENTS


 Where shown on the drawings or required by architect, provide the coloured
interlayer. The product that may be accepted is Vanceva Saflex from Solutia or
approved equivalent. The colour shall meet the architect requirements.
 Where shown on the drawings or required by architect, provide the decorative printed
interlayer. The product that may be accepted is Sentryglass Expression ™ from
Dupont. The pattern shall meet the architect requirements.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page63
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

515 FIRE RATED GLASS


 Where shown on drawings or required by local regulations, provide non-wired,
tempered, interlayered fire-resistant glass from Vetrotech Saint-Gobain, Pilkington, or
approved equivalent.
 The glass should be UV stable, compliant to class 1 B1 category of Impact Resistance
as per EN 12600 or equivalent.
 The glass should be installed in a tested profile system as evidenced from a reputed
International test laboratory as per EN 1634-1 (for doors) / EN 1364 -1
(for partitions).
 The test shall include the actual framing system adopted for the project, and shall be
for glazed openings of the same size as or larger than the largest fire-rated glazed
opening for the project.
 The system shall provide fire resistance in terms of Integrity (E) and Radiant heat
protection (W) for 120 minutes. Additionally the system should also provide for
Insulation (I) as the case may be from 15 to 30 to 60 to 120 minutes. If no specific
indication is provided for the project, than insulation performance shall be assumed to
be for 120 minutes.
 The glass should conform with ASTM E119, ANSI Z97.1, BS 476 Part 20, EN 1363, EN
1364, NFPA 80, NFPA 251, NFPA 252, NFPA 257, UL 9, UL 10B, UL 10C and UL 263, as
well as have CE marking.
 For exterior applications, product shall be incorporated within an insulated glass
assembly, with a solar coating where required to achieve the specified thermal
performance.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page64
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

516 GLASS TOLERANCE AND DEFECT LIMITS


No. Description Requirements
1 Dimension
1.1 Overall thickness
 Less or equal to 6mm ± 0.2mm
 Greater than 6mm ± 0.3mm
1.2 Dimension tolerance
 Less or equal to 2000mm ± 2mm
 Greater than 2000mm ± 3mm
1.3 Diagonal tolerance / Squareness
 Less or equal to 2000mm ± 3mm
 Greater than 2000mm ± 4mm
2 Heat-Treated Glass
2.1 Surface Stress
 Heat Strengthened 25 – 52MPa
 Fully Tempered 70 – 100MPa
 Maximum deviation across a pane 5MPa
2.2 Bow or Warp
 Gauge less than 900mm 0.00342 x gauge length
 Gauge more or equal to 900mm 0.00258 x gauge length
2.3 Roller Wave 0.076mmm in any 300mm
length of glass, but not more
than 0.04mm between
adjacent peaks.
3 Laminated Glass
3.1 Edge Offset
 Bearing load edge ± 0.00mm
 Other edges
o Less or equal to 6mm Max 1.5mm
o More than 6mm Max 1.0mm

4 Insulated Glazed Units


4.1 Edge Offset
 Bearing load edge ± 0.00mm
 Other edges Max 2.0mm

5 Coating
5.1 Colour difference Max 2E Hunter

520 SEAL, SEAL ACCESSORIES AND GLAZING ACCESSORIES

A. GENERAL
 Sealant type and installation method shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations suitable to the location, function, substrates and performance
requirements including movement, air infiltration, fire and acoustic requirements.
 Submit complete details, specifications, installation and curing instructions, including
manufacturer's certification that the proposed product selections are suitable for the
joint types and are compatible with and non-staining, and non-bleeding to adjacent
materials.
 All sealants for each joint type in this project shall be the same product and
manufacturer. The approved manufacturers are Dow Corning, Momentive or Sika.
 Comply with minimum dimensional requirements for edge clearance, edge cover, front
clearance, back clearance, and as required by sealant manufacturer

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page65
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Sealant supplier shall carry out a drawings review and confirm in writing that the
sealant detailing is acceptable

B. COMPATIBILITY
 All proposed sealants and accessories shall be compatible with substrates, adjacent
materials, accessories and other sealants

C. SEALANT ACCESSORIES
 Provide all required accessories recommended by sealant manufacturer, including
backing rods, bond-breaker tape and the like.

D. STOCKPILING AND IDENTIFICATION


 The sealant manufacturer shall stockpile sufficient material to ensure continuity of
supply and compliance with approved manufacturer’s specifications. All sealants shall
be “batch numbered”.

E. QUALITY RECORDS
 Submit production and test records for sealants. Indicate test standards and
procedures, acceptance criteria and pass/fail rate.

F. WARRANTY
 All sealants shall be warranted for the warranty period for failure of, or due to, the
following:
 Cohesion and adhesion
 Change in hardness by more than +/- 5 points on the Shore A durometer
scale
 Fade or change in colour by more than five Hunter Colour Difference Units as
measured by any spectrometer or colour meter in accordance with ASTM
D2244 on an exposed coated surface which has been cleaned of external
deposits with clear water and a soft cloth
 Stain due to corrosion or bleeding of sealant

521 STRUCTURAL SEALANT

A. GENERAL
 Design and provide structural sealant glazing systems where indicated on the
drawings, or otherwise if approved in writing.
 All structural sealant shall have 25% movement capability as tested ASTM C719.
 All glazing and sealants shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations, relevant
Standards, and approved shop drawings.
 Comply with minimum dimensional requirements for edge clearance, edge cover, front
clearance, back clearance, and as required by AS 1288 or BS 6262 and sealant
manufacturer.
 Colour to be black or as directed by the Architect
 All structural silicone sealant shall be by Dow Corning, Momentive or Sika
 Secondary cover restraints. Engineer and document a system of extruded aluminium
cover moulds to restrain structurally adhered glass in the event of structural adhesion
failure. Provide sufficient sample moulds for prototype testing.
 Contact surfaces:
o Mill finish is not acceptable at structural bonding surfaces
o Structural glazing adhesive contact surfaces shall be in alodine or anodized

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page66
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

o Aluminium surface in powder coating or PVDF should be subject to testing


 Structural silicone sealants shall meet the requirement of ETAG 002 with maximum
allowable design stress is based on the Ru,5 value with a minimum safety factor of 6.
 Relevant Standards:
 AAMA CW 13 - Structural sealant glazing systems (A Design Guide),
Aluminium Curtain Wall.
 Dow Corning - Structural Glazing: Industry Code of Practice.

B. QA/QC PROCEDURES
 The façade contractor shall establish and submit to the façade Consultant, for
endorsement, an acceptable quality control program to monitor quality of materials
and workmanship. The QC program shall include, but not be limited to, the following
tests:
 "butterfly"
 "snap time"
 "adhesion"
 "weather seal"
 "plug"

C. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
 Provide a structural adhesive bite adequate to restrain the glass at 150% of the
permissible-stress-design wind loads (positive and negative).
 Provide for thermal movement between abutting glass edges by an adequate "working
joint" design with the necessary clearances and dimensions.
 Structural sealants design stress shall be minimum of 138kPa for wind/live load with a
minimum safety factory of 5 and 6.9kPa for dead load with a safety factor of 20.
 Structurally sealant shall have the working stress of pressure sensitive tapes to
230kPa.

D. CERTIFICATION
Submit certificate verifying:
 The assembled frame provides for the required glazing clearances and tolerances and
maximum and minimum joint configurations, having regard to the bow, warp and kink
characteristics of the required glass types, and are properly prepared for glazing. The
adhesive bond of the structural adhesive has been satisfactorily tested on a contact
surface of the actual framing system.
 The test values obtained
 The requirement for primers (if any)
 Giving recommended procedures for factory and site glazing and site re-glazing,
including maximum and minimum joint configurations, clearances, dimensions and the
like.
 That the glaziers are qualified to apply the structural glazing adhesive and are
experienced in its use.
 The structural glazing adhesive has been satisfactorily tested to ASTM C1087 for
compatibility with the adjacent materials and components, is not detrimental to its
long-term structural performance, weathering and visual quality, is compatible with
the edge seal of IGUs, and will not cause delamination or other impairment to
laminated glass.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page67
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

522 WEATHER SEALANTS

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved elastomeric joint sealants and joint fillers where indicated on the
Drawings and required.
 All weather sealants shall be non-bleed and non-stain type.
 Sealants shall be resistant to staining due to dirt or pollution, and shall be capable of
being cleaned.
 Sealant fillers for floor surfaces shall be self-levelling.
 All structural silicone sealant shall be by Dow Corning, Momentive or Sika
 The sealant shall meet the following requirements:
o Hardness shall be minimum of 25 Durometer as tested to ASTM D2240.
o Ultimate Tensile Strength shall be minimum of 240psi as tested to ASTM
D412.
o Ultimate Elongation shall be minimum of 600% as tested to ASTM D412.

B. MOVEMENT REQUIREMENTS
 Where sealants are used to seal movement joints, movement capability of sealant
shall be appropriate to expected maximum deflection or movement.
 All weather sealants shall have 50% movement capability as tested to ASTM C719
 Unless otherwise approved, sealant depth for movement joints shall not exceed half
the joint width.

C. FIRE-RATED REQUIREMENTS
 Provide approved 2 hours fire-rated sealant and joint fillers where indicated or
required.
 Submit test results indicating fire rating and compliance with statutory requirements.
All fire-rated products shall comply with the Authority requirements and regulations.
 Fire-rated fillers may include elastomeric sealants and rigid dry foam fillers
 Rigid dry foam fire-rated fillers, which may be approved, include Dow Corning 700 or
equal
 Where dry foam fire-rated fillers are proposed for wall types which also have acoustic
or air infiltration requirements, provide an elastomeric cover bead.

D. COLOURED SEALANTS
 Provide coloured or paintable sealants where required in accordance with approved
samples.

E. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TEST DATA


 Submit manufacturer's standard test reports and certificates previously performed on
proposed sealants, including details of the following characteristics:
 Chemical composition
 Adhesion, bond strength, cohesion or tensile strength, and elongation
 Effects of exposure to ozone and ultraviolet light
 Stain resistance
 Include adhesion characteristics for all relevant surfaces including applied coatings to
aluminium, glass and adjacent sealants and gaskets.
 Include statement of differences between the proposed sealants and previously tested
products, if any.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page68
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Include long-term aged performance or accelerated exposure performance for the


above characteristics.

523 BACKER RODS


 Backer rods are to be silicone compatible, closed-cell, non-gassing and non-staining.
They are to be compressed to limits specified by the manufacturer and shall be
located in a manner, which prevents them from dislodging from the rebate that is
being sealed.
 Backer rods are not to inhibit movement joints from allowing the designed movement
of the joint from occurring.
 Backer rods to be PVC free.

524 TAPES
 Tapes shall be high-strength polyurethane foam substrate, with excellent resistance to
weather, fungi, oxidation.
 The foam shall have a low thermal conductivity (maximum of 0.10W/m²°C) reducing
heat transfer and inhibiting condensation on the façade system.
 Tapes are to be single or double sided, open-cell, silicone compatible, non-gassing and
non-staining.
 Tapes shall have minimum hardness of 35 shore A, minimum density of 450kg/m³,
minimum tensile strength of 1200kPa and elongation of 125%.
 The tapes shall have a service temperature in between -40°C and 80°C.
 Tapes are to be by Thermalbond from Norton or Façade Consultant-approved
equivalent.
 Where tapes are exposed in glazing rebates they are to be continuous and of uniform
colour. They are to align with the glass edge to within +/- 1mm. They shall be held by
sealant or a captive edge so as to be prevented from dislodging in the event of a
breakdown to the adhesive surfaces.
 Tapes (including double-sided adhesive tapes) are not to be used to permanently hold
any façade components in position.
 Tapes are not permitted to be used as an air-seal or rain-screen to the façade system
or in place of a compression gasket in a glazing rebate.

525 GLAZING ACCESSORIES

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved non-cellular elastomeric extruded profiles, including gaskets, seals
and glazing accessories, required for a complete installation, in accordance with ASTM
C864. Submit details, including compatibility with adjacent components and sealants.
Indicate sizes and locations on shop drawings.
 Gaskets and seals are to fully accommodate the expected cladding and building
movements and dimensional tolerances associated with fabrication and installation of
cladding systems during the life of the cladding.
 Glazing accessories, including spacers, setting blocks, wedges, and the like, shall
comply with AS 1288 or BS 6262, and the recommendations of the glass manufacturer
or glazing system.
 Extruded profiles shall be smooth, of uniform dimensions, correctly selected for the
conditions of use, and free from components likely to bleed, stain or detrimentally
affect performance of the glazing. All products shall be of ultra-violet resistant grade.

B. QUALITY
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page69
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Submit production and test records for all products in accordance with relevant
Standards. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and pass and/or fail rate.

526 GASKETS

A. CO-EXTRUSIONS
 Products may be manufactured from EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene monomer), Poly
Chloroprene (e.g.: ‘Neoprene’ from Dupont) or approved equivalent.
 Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide approved co-extruded profiles
of polypropylene and polypropylene compatible products.
 No whitening (chalk) is allowed in the polymer.
 All corners of gaskets shall be vulcanized.
 Interior and exterior gasket profiles shall be designed to produce a glass edge
pressure of not less than 0.70N/mm, not more than 1.75N/mm.
 Gaskets, which maintain glass face clearance while serving as a backer for a silicone
weather seal may have a friction fit. All other gaskets and weather strips, including
backers for structural silicone, shall have a continuous spine or a continuous groove,
which engages a matching groove or leg on the aluminum frame.

B. GASKET AT STRUCTURAL SEALANT GLAZING


 Glazing gaskets, sealant backers within glazing pockets and continuous glass spacer
pads at structural silicone shall be heat-cured silicone rubber (type one where sealant
adhesion shall be prevented and type two where adhesion is desired). Colour shall be
as selected by the Architect and Façade Consultant.

C. HARD PROFILES

Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide dense profiles including flashings,
wiper seals and the like, complying with ASTM C864 or DIN 7863-1, as follows:
 Shore A durometer hardness: 75 ± 5 for solid profiles and 60 ± 5 for hollow profiles
when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240.
 Elongation at break: min 150%
 Compression set 100% (168hrs): Not greater than 40% when tested in accordance
with ASTM D395
 Tensile strength: minimum 7.5MPa

D. SOFT PROFILES

Where indicated on the drawings or required, provide soft profiles including bulb seals,
sponge seals and the like, complying with ASTM C509, as follows:
 Shore A durometer hardness: 40 ± 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240.
 Elongation at break: min 300%
 Compression set 100% (168hrs): Not greater than 20% when tested in accordance
with ASTM D395.
 Tensile strength: minimum 7MPa

527 SETTING BLOCKS

A. SETTING BLOCKS
 Setting block shall be dense extruded neoprene or silicone with the following
properties:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page70
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Shore A durometer hardness: 85 ± 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM


D2240.
 Compression set (168 hrs): Not greater than 25% when tested in accordance
with ASTM D395.
 Locate setting blocks at quarter points unless otherwise approved but not less than
150 mm or 0.125 x glass width between edge of glass and edge of setting block.
 Setting Block lengths shall be calculated in accordance with BS 6262 or AS 1288 and
shall be not less than 50mm.
 Shims used with setting blocks shall be the same material and hardness as the setting
block.
 Setting blocks shall be secured against dislodgement.
 All panes of IGU shall be evenly supported by setting block.

B. SIDE BLOCKS
 Where indicated on the Drawings or as required, provide approved side blocks of
dense material as follows:
 Shore A durometer hardness: 55 ± 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM
D2240.
 Install side block with 3mm clearance between block and bearing surface. Side block
shall be of sufficient length to prevent point loading on the glass, and shall not be less
than 25mm.
 Side blocks are not required where glass is supported along the vertical edges with
structural silicone.
 Side blocks of extruded silicone may be acceptable for IGUs with silicone edge seals.
Neoprene or EPDM side blocks may be approved only if recommended by the IGU
manufacturer.

C. PADS
 Provide approved friction-reducing pads to separate moving surfaces at all connections
subject to thermal or other movement (acceptable materials include Teflon).
 Pads shall have minimum 3mm thickness, with maximum 5% thickness tolerance.
 Pad shall meet the following requirements:
o Dielectric strength minimum of 135 VDC/mil in according to ASTM D149
o Volume resistivity of 3.3ohm°cm x 1010 in according to ASTM D257.
o Tensile strength at break minimum of 20MPa in according to ASTM D638.
o Elongation at break minimum of 200% in according to ASTM D638.
o Deformation under load maximum 6.5% @ 8MPa in according to ASTM 621.
 Pads shall not be subjected to heat damage from welding or cutting or to excessive
pressure from over-tightening of bolts.

D. SHIMS
 Provide shims where necessary up to but not exceeding the limits specified on the
drawings and designed for in the engineering calculations.
 Shims which transfer shear forces shall be steel plates, set in a staggered pattern and
fillet welded to each other and adjacent steel surfaces. Design shims and welds to
support the applied loads.
 Polypropylene shims may be approved at static connections where shims transfer only
compressive loads.
 Shims shall be at least as wide as the plate of member connected through it.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page71
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Slots in shim plates, if any, shall be orientated 90° to the direction of the shear load
applied on the plate of member connected through it.

530 ALUMINIUM

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved aluminium extrusions and/or sheet of alloy and grades suitable for
the structural requirements, applied finishes and project conditions not less than the
strength and durability properties of the alloy and temper designated in the relevant
Standards. Submit details including proposed alloy types with supporting justification
data.
 All aluminium materials shall be of consistent high quality regardless of source.
 Manufacturers shall be approved established manufacturers with a reputation for
producing high quality materials. Submit details.
 All unexposed aluminium shall have a minimum coating of 10 microns of anodising or
paint. No mill finish aluminium shall be permitted whether exposed or not.

B. QUALITY AND CERTIFICATION


 Submit manufacturer's certificate of compliance or test report for each batch of
aluminium supplied. Each batch shall be suitably identified and cross-referenced with
the certificate.
 Quality control measures shall ensure that materials are inspected before shipment.
Where the required testing has not been done, finishes requirements are not satisfied,
does not fall within the colour range endorsed by the Employer’s Representative or
Consultant, or has not been processed in accordance with the specification, then it
shall not be shipped.

531 ALUMINIUM EXTRUSIONS

A. GENERAL
 All extruded material is to be produced by an approved extruder. The Façade
contractor shall submit the proposed extruder’s credentials, QA/QC documents,
references, etc. prior to commencement of works for approval by the Consultant. The
Façade contractor shall NOT use a non-approved extruder to supply extruded items for
this contract.
 All extrusion for structural profiles shall be formed from new aluminium billets,
recycled aluminium and recycled aluminium billets shall not be used. Recycled
aluminium and recycled aluminium billets may be used for non-structural member.
Provide the alloy test report. Submit the detail for Façade Consultant approval.
 All visible aluminium extrusions shall be of the same alloy/grade to ensure colour
consistency.
 All aluminium profiles shall be the manufactured product of one company.
 Where permitted, steel reinforcing sections incorporated within the aluminium
extrusions to provide additional stiffness or strength shall be in conformance with AS
4100 or BS 5950. Consideration shall be given to the prevention of bimetallic
corrosion. The two elements shall be fixed together in such a way that the composite
action desired may be proven. Elements in wet areas (in front of air seals) shall be
stainless steel.
 Exposed extruded aluminium surfaces shall be rolled/brushed so as to completely
eliminate die lines.

B. STRUCTURAL
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page72
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Framing members and trims shall be extruded aluminium grade 6063-T5, similar or
stronger.
 Aluminium brackets shall be extruded aluminium grade 6061-T6 or approved
equivalent.
 Extrusion shapes and thickness shall withstand all required loads, and shall be rigid
with straight and sharply defined profiles, free of draw marks.
 Structural profile minimum wall thickness is 3.0mm, and the minimum wall thickness
of non-structural trims is 1.5mm.
 Extrusion walls and screw flutes shall be of sufficient thickness for all fixings including
flush countersunk where required.

532 ALUMINIUM PANELS

A. GENERAL
 Unless otherwise indicated or required, sheet alloy shall be Alloy 3003 - Temper H14
or Alloy 3105 or Alloy 5005 – Temper H34.
 Where thickness of sheet is less than 1.6mm, bending radii for coated sheet shall not
exceed 1 time the thickness of sheet.
 All aluminum panels are to be properly designed with extruded aluminum stiffeners
both horizontal and vertical on back of panels. Edge stiffening may also be required.
Stiffeners shall be attached by both stud method and structural silicone.
 Where aluminum clad panels form part of the sealed façade system, they shall be
insulated in the same manner as the spandrel glass.
 All aluminum panels within 3 meters of the ground, or any walking surface, and all
horizontal surfaces (including sunshades) shall have concealed sound dampening. The
product that may be approved is 3M, Sika or approved equivalent.

B. SHEET THICKNESS FOR EXTERNAL CLADDING


 Unless otherwise indicated on the contract drawings, thickness of sheet aluminium for
external cladding shall be not less than 3mm.

C. FLATNESS OF METAL PANELS


 All exposed flat exterior metal panels for the façade shall be designed, fabricated, and
installed in such a manner that they are visually flat when viewed from any angle. Any
short length distortions, ripples, waves, oil canning, or telegraphing of fasteners shall
not be permitted. Provisions shall be made to allow for differential thermal expansion
between framing members and the exposed aluminium cladding without noise and
without distortion of the exposed face.
 Visual flatness shall be to the approval of the Employer’s Representative, Architect and
Façade Consultant.
 In the event that metal flatness requires interpretation by measurement, this shall be
done by measuring and calculating the slope between any two points on the exposed
surface 300mm apart. The slope shall not exceed 0.5% from the nominal plane of the
surface, when measured at an ambient temperature of 30ºC.

533 COMPOSITE PANEL

A. GENERAL
 Composite panels shall consist of two sheets of metal sandwiching a solid core of
mineral fibre material formed in a continuous process with no glues or adhesives
between dissimilar materials.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page73
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The core material shall be non-combustible mineral filled core and shall be free of
voids and/or airspaces and not contain foamed insulation. Products laminated sheet by
sheet in a batch process using glues or adhesives between materials shall not be
acceptable.
 Bond Integrity: When tested for bond integrity, in accordance with ASTM D1781
(simulating resistance to panel delamination), there shall be no adhesive failure of the
bond between the core and the skin) or cohesive failure of the core itself below the
following values
 Peel Strength:
 100N.mm/mm as manufactured
 100N.mm/mm after 21 soaking in water at 21°C
 Tolerances:
 Panel Bow: Max 0.8% of any 1800mm panel dimension
 Mechanical Properties:
 Tensile strength: Rm  130N/mm2
 0.2% proof stress: Rp0.2  90N/mm2
 Elongation: A50  5% (according to DIN EN 485-2)
 Module of elasticity: 70,000 N/mm2
 Vibration Dampening: Loss factor d = 0.0087 (in accordance with DIN
53440)
 Rigidity (E X J): 0.240 kN.m2/m
 The surface shall not have any irregularities such as roughness, buckling or other
imperfections in accordance with Employer’s Representative and Façade consultant
visual inspection rules. Maximum deviation from panel flatness shall be 3.0mm in
1500mm on panel in any direction for assembled units (Non accumulative – No oil
canning)
 Visible distortion of the aluminium composite panels will not be accepted. The Façade
contractor shall increase the thickness of aluminium composite and / or put additional
stiffeners to prevent visible distortion from occurring.
 All composite panels shall not consist of toxic material.
 All composite panels shall be of consistent high quality regardless of sources.
 Fire resistance of aluminium composite shall comply with BS 476 Part 6 Class 0 & BS
476 Part 7 Class 1, UBC standard 26-1 / NFPA 259, UBC standard 26-9 / NFPA 285,
and EN 13501-1.
 Composite panel manufacturer shall have a minimum of 15 years’ experience in the
manufacture.
Composite panels might be approved are:
 Alpolic from Mitsubishi
 Alucobond from Alcan
 Reynobond from Alcoa
 All fabrication shall be done under controlled shop conditions.
 Panel lines, breaks and angles shall be sharp, true and surfaces free from warp and
buckle.

B. ALUMINIUM COMPOSITE PANEL


 All aluminium composite panels shall be 4mm minimum thickness with maximum
tolerance of 0.2mm.
 External side and internal side skin shall be aluminium minimum of 0.5mm thick
(nominal) and be alloy AA3000 series or AA5000 series.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page74
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Mechanical properties of skin metals: aluminium alloy


 Flexural elasticity shall be 70kN/mm² minimum in accordance with ASTM E8.
 0.2% proof stress: shall be 150N/mm² in accordance with accordance with
ASTM E8.
 The external cladding panel surface shall be factory pre-finished by the manufacturer
with a fluorpolymeric three-coat system like PVDF (Fluorocarbon) coating applied
through a “reverse roller coating” process. The standard three-coat shall consist of a
chromate conversion coating, an inhibitive primer, fluorpolymeric colour coat and
fluorpolymeric clear topcoat, with colour and top coat containing not less than 70%
poly vinyldiene fluoride resin by weight, with a minimum total dry film thickness of 38
microns. The coated surface shall comply strictly with the AAMA 2605. Application of
the coating system by means of spray coating after forming and shaping of the
cladding elements shall not be permitted.
 The coating shall be applied in the manufacturer’s coil coating lines.
 Coating shall be resistant to attack from mechanical damage or abrasion, during
normal use and maintenance.
 Coating shall be resistant to weather, fading or discolouration to attack from climatic
conditions, UV or atmospheric pollutants.
 Coating finished shall be free from imperfections, scratches and dents.
Colours shall be matched to the RAL Colour system or other approved colour range.
Submit samples to the Architect prior to manufacture. Colour range must fall within
the limits established by approved samples.
 Unexposed surface of internal side should have a service coating. No mill finish
aluminium shall be permitted whether exposed or not.
 The coating shall meet:
o Pencil hardness: shall use F minimum in accordance with ASTM D3352.
o Impact: no cracking or loss of adhesion in coating after reverse in accordance
with to ASTM D294.
o Salt spray resistance: show few blisters and less than 3mm average creep
from scribe after 3,000 hours salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B117.
o Acid Resistance: no effect on the 10% muriatic acid for 24 hours, and 20%
sulphuric acid for 18 hours.
o Humidity resistance: no blisters after 3,000 hours of 100% humidity at 35˚C
in accordance with ASTM D2247.
o Colour Change: change not to exceed 5 NBS units after 10 years of Florida
exposure in accordance with ASTM D2244.
o Chalking Resistance: no chalking greater than #8 after 10 years of Florida
exposure in accordance with ASTM D659.
o Abrasion Resistance: resist 65 ± 15 liters/mil minimum of failing sand on
coating in accordance with ASTM D968.

C. STAINLESS STEEL COMPOSITE PANEL


 All stainless steel composite panels shall be 4mm minimum thickness with maximum
tolerance of 0.2mm.
 External side and internal side skin shall be 0.3mm thick minimum a highly rust-
resistance ferric stainless steel minimum grade 1.4401 (316).
 Mechanical properties of skin metals: stainless steel
 Flexural elasticity shall be 180kN/mm² minimum in accordance with ASTM
E8.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page75
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 0.2% proof stress: shall be 270N/mm² in accordance with accordance with


ASTM E8.

D. TITANIUM COMPOSITE PANEL


 All titanium composite panels shall be 4mm minimum thickness with maximum
tolerance of 0.2mm.
 External side skin shall be 0.3mm thick minimum pure titanium Class 1 (G1) in
accordance with ASTM.
 Internal side skin shall be 0.3mm thick minimum a highly rust-resistance ferric
stainless steel minimum grade 1.4401 (316).
 Mechanical properties of skin metals:

1. Titanium
 Flexural elasticity shall be 100kN/mm² minimum in accordance with ASTM
E8.
 0.2% proof stress: shall be 150N/mm² in accordance with accordance with
ASTM E8.

2. Stainless steel
 Flexural elasticity shall be 180kN/mm² minimum in accordance with ASTM
E8.
 0.2% proof stress: shall be 270N/mm² in accordance with accordance with
ASTM E8.

E. ZINC COMPOSITE PANEL


 All zinc composite panels shall be 4mm minimum thickness with maximum tolerance
of 0.2mm.
 External side skin shall be 0.7mm thick minimum pure natural pre-weathered zinc.
Alloy shall be zinc (Zinc > 99%, Ti less than 1%, and Cu less than 1%).
 Internal side skin shall be aluminium minimum of 0.5mm thick (nominal) and be alloy
AA3000 series or AA5000 series. Unexposed surface of internal side should have a
service coating. No mill finish aluminium shall be permitted whether exposed or not.

F. COPPER COMPOSITE PANEL


 All copper composite panels shall be 4mm minimum thickness with maximum
tolerance of 0.2mm.
 External side and internal side skin shall be 0.5mm thick minimum pure copper. Alloy
shall be copper 110 G2, with copper more than 99.90%.

G. SYSTEM CHARACTERISITIC
 System must not generally have any visible fasteners, telegraphing of fastening on the
panel faces or any other compromise of a neat and flat appearance.
 Fabricate panel system to dimension, size and profile indicated on the drawings based
on a design temperature of 20°C.
 Fabricate panel system so no restraints can be placed on the panel, which might result
in compressive skin stresses. The installation detailing shall be such that that the
panels remain flat regardless of temperature change and at all times remain air and
water tight.
 Where panels are formed by routing and folding, the rear of all folds will be reinforced
with an aluminium angle suitably fastened to the panel.
 System shall provide a reveal joint as detailed on the architectural drawings.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page76
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Panel stiffeners, if required, shall be structurally fastened or restrained at the ends


and shall be secured to the rear face of the composite panel with silicone of sufficient
size and strength to maintain panel flatness. Stiffener material and/or finish shall be
compatible with the silicone.

H. PROTECTION
 Protect finished metal composite surfaces to prevent damage, including finger prints
during transportation, storage, installation and until the completion of all construction
process.
 The finished surface (external side) shall be factory protected with a self-adhesive
peel-off foil, tested to withstand at least 6 months exposure to local weather condition
without losing the original peel-off characteristic or causing stains or other damages.

534 ALUMINIUM WELDING

A. GENERALLY
 Carry out all welding, including detailing of all joints, welding procedures, appearance
and quality of welds and correction of defective work in accordance with approved
samples AS 1665 or BS 8118 for aluminium welding.
 Welded parts shall be accurately fabricated to ensure proper fit. All welding equipment
shall be of suitable type and in good condition.

B. WELD TESTING
 When required, weld testing is to be performed by an independent testing laboratory,
test results are to be submitted. In the event of test failure, rectify the defect and
repeat the test.
 Allow to conduct test for every 10 weldings. Any failure will require 100% testing of
the particular batch.

C. EXPERIENCE OF WELDERS
 Only welders who have previously been qualified for the type of work required shall
make welds. Prior to commencement, submit qualifications and certification of each
welder.

D. PROCEDURES
 Submit details of proposed welding procedures before commencing.
 Other than site welds indicated on approved shop drawings, do not weld on site
without prior approval. Where practical, locate site welds in positions for down hand
welding.
 Do not weld finished surfaces and adjacent to finished surfaces or glass

E. FINISH
 Finished welds shall be descaled and free of surface and internal cracks, slag inclusion,
and porosity.

535 ALUMINIUM FINISHING - ANODISED

A. GENERAL
 Anodised aluminium panels are to be produced in Western Europe, USA, Japan or
Australia by EURAS/EWAA with QUALANOD.
 Anodised aluminium extrusions are to be produced by reputable aluminium extruder
with automatic equipment.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page77
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Submit details, including details of preparation and pre-treatment.

B. COLOUR AND FINISH


 There shall be two sets of three range samples 600mm x 600mm in each set
representing both the degree of specular gloss and the lightest, median and darkest
shades of that colour to be accepted for use on the project (one set is to be used by
the Anodiser and the other by the Architect for checking).
 Materials acceptable shall be clear (or natural) or colour anodised to AAMA 611 and
AAMA 612 and AA-M10 C22 A41. The etched surface is to be permanently sealed.
The etched surface is to have 25 microns minimum of material removed from all
exposed surfaces.
 Surfaces to be finished shall be free from imperfections, scratches, scrapes and dents.
When the finish is applied, all coatings when cured shall be visibly free of spots, stains
and streaks.
 The Façade consultant reserves the right to reject any panels which do not conform to
the specification or which he considers visually unacceptable.

C. GRADE AND THICKNESS


 Unless otherwise required, anodising grade and average thickness shall be
 External: 25 microns with local thickness not less than 20 microns.
 Internal: 20 microns with local thickness not less than 15 microns.
 The minimum coating weight shall be 6.8mg/cm² for external and 5.5mg/cm² for
internal.

D. QUALITY RECORDS AND TESTING


 Submit manufacturer's production and test records prior to shipping materials to site.
 Each batch shall be tested for film thickness and the batch number referenced to the
delivery documentation for trace-ability. Testing shall be performed by an approved
testing laboratory.
 Colour testing shall be carried out an all batches using a Gardiner XL-S Colour meter.

E. WARRANTY
 All preparation and coating work shall be warranted for the warranty period.

536 ALUMINIUM PAINTING – FLUOROCARBON

A. GENERAL
 The coating colour shall be approved by Employer’s Representatives and Architect.
 The coating system shall be applied by a specialist applicator approved by coating
manufacturer. Submit certificate.
 The surface shall not have any dents, scratches, scrapes, die lines, or other extrusion
streaks or lines.
 All coatings when cured shall be visibly free of frowziness, streaks, sags, blister or
other surface imperfections or defects.
 Aluminium surfaces shall be pre-cleaned in accordance with the procedures
recommended by the paint manufacturer. Aluminium surfaces shall be chromate pre-
treated in accordance with EN ISO 10546 or ASTM B449 Class 1.
 The cured film shall be dense and consistent, with no seeding and free from flow lines,
streaks, crack, peel, pin holes, blisters, tear damage and other coating defects/surface
imperfections when viewed from a distance of 1 metre under normal diffused daylight.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page78
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The paint system shall be maintenance free with the exception of regular cleaning as
prescribed, be durable and have a colourfast period of at least 20 years.
 Sets of 2 samples 300mm x 300mm in each set shall represent both the degree of
specular gloss, and the lightest and darkest of that colour that will be acceptable. The
colours outside this colour range shall be rejected. Colour range must fall within the
limits established by approved samples. The difference shall not exceed 2E Hunter.
 Site touch-up of damaged surfaces shall not be permitted without approval from the
Employer’s representatives and Façade Consultant. Where touching up is not
authorised, damaged material shall be replaced at no extra cost and time to the
employer. Where touching up is authorized, the façade contractor shall provide a
compatible air-dried coating for field touch-up as recommended by coating
manufacturer and based on, at the minimum, the standards set out in AAMA 2605, to
match the factory-applied finished work. Touch-up sample should be provided to the
Architect for approval, prior to commencement of painting.
 The products that may be approved include PPG, Becker, DNT, Akzo Nobel.

B. PROPERTIES
 The standard coat shall consisting of a chromate conversion coating, an inhibitive
primer, fluorpolymeric colour coat and fluorpolymeric clear topcoat, with colour and
top coat containing not less than 70% polyvinyldiene fluoride resin by weight. The
approved resin is Kynar 500® – Arkema or Hylar 5000™.
 The paint finish shall comply with AAMA 2605.
 Colour changes shall not exceed 5E NBS units as defined by ASTM D2244, after 2000
hours weatherometer test.
 The coating shall be 3 coats minimum and one bake minimum for tropical country and
3 coats minimum and two bakes for other regions.
 Minimum dry Film Thickness (in accordance with ASTM D1400) for 3 coats:
 6micron primer coat
 30micron colour coat (25 micron minimum at any point)
 10micron clear topcoat
 Minimum dry Film Thickness (in accordance with ASTM D1400) for 4 coats:
 6micron primer coat
 25micron barrier coat
 30micron colour coat (25 micron minimum at any point)
 10micron clear topcoat
 Chemical Resistance (in accordance with AAMA 2605):
 Muriatic Acid Resistance: no blister and visual change
 Mortar Resistance: no attack
 Nitric Acid Resistance: max 5E
 Detergent Resistance: no attack
 Window Cleaner: no attack
 Appearance after 10 years weathering in South Florida:
 Chalking shall not exceed No. 8 on colour and No. 6 on white in accordance
with ASTM D4214.
 Gloss retention is minimum 50% in accordance with ASTM D523.
 Erosion is maximum 10% film loss in accordance with ASTM B244.
 PVDF shall withstand 100 double rubs of an MEK Soaked cloth before exposing primer
coat in accordance with ASTM D5402.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page79
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

C. TESTING
 Conduct the following tests on suitable test coupons for each production run of the
coating process.
 Dry Film Thickness: Within minus 5% to plus 25% of specified thickness,
testing device at processor’s option.
 Abrasion Resistance in accordance with ASTM D968, Method A. PVDF shall
pass 65±5 liters/mil, minimum of falling sand.
 Cross-hatch Adhesion: No paint removal with cellophane tape after cross-
scoring with eleven horizontal and eleven vertical lines 1mm apart per ASTM
D3359.
 Salt Spray in accordance with ASTM B117. Withstand 1,000 hours in a 5%
salt fog at 35°C and retain adhesion, corrosion resistance, colour and gloss
with no more than a “few” blisters no larger than No. 4.
 Bend Adhesion in accordance with ASTM D4145, no loss of adhesion when
taped with cellophane tape when subjected to a 0T-2T diameter 180° bend
test on 0.4mm G-90 (grade D) galvanized steel or fabricator’s roll forming
operation. (Not to include Zinc failures).
 Impact Test in accordance with ASTM D2794. No crack on the coating.
 Humidity Test in accordance with ASTM D2247. Withstand 1,000 hours,
100% relative humidity at 35-37 °C and retain adhesion, corrosion
resistance, color and gloss
 Weatherometer in accordance with ASTM 822/G23. No chalking, blistering or
adhesion loss of coating system after 2,000 hours of accelerated weathering.
 Hardness Test in accordance with ASTM D3363. Coating shall show no marks
from HB to 2H.
 Post-Formability and Fabrication in accordance with ASTM D1737. Withstand
180 degree bend around 3mm mandrel
 Specular Gloss in accordance with ASTM D523 at glossmeter angle of 60°.
PVDF has a standard gloss range of approximately 20-35%.
 Testing certification from the paint manufacture must be submitted as required by the
paint manufacturer licensing agreement.
 In-house test reports must be submitted at 4 equally spaced intervals for the duration
of production as a back-up to the paint manufacturer test certifications.

537 ALUMINIUM PAINTING – POWDER COATING

A. GENERAL
 The powder coating colour shall be approved by Employer’s Representatives and
Architect.
 The powder coating shall be factory-applied by electrostatic spray.
 All organic coating system must be applied by a specialist applicator approved by
coating manufacturer. Submit certificate.
 The surface shall not have any dents, scratches, scrapes, die lines, or other extrusion
streaks or lines.
 All coatings when cured shall be visibly free of frowziness, streaks, sags, blister or
other surface imperfections or defects.
 Aluminium surfaces shall be pre-cleaned in accordance with the procedures
recommended by the paint manufacturer. Aluminium surfaces shall be chromate pre-
treated in accordance with EN ISO 10546 or ASTM B449 Class 1.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page80
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Powders are to be of thermosetting type and totally dry environmental friendly finish
which does not contain solvents and does not release any Volatile Organic Compounds
(VOC). It must also be Lead, Cadmium and TGIC (triglycidyl isocyanurate) free for
strict environmental compliance. The powder manufacturer shall provide written
confirmation on these items.
 The paint film shall not show flow marks, crack, peel or blister for the warranty period.
 Sets of 2 samples 300mm x 300mm in each set shall represent both the degree of
specular gloss, and the light test and darkest of that colour that will be acceptable.
The colours outside this colour range shall be rejected. Colour range must fall within
the limits established by approved samples. The difference shall not exceed 2E
Hunter.
 Site touch-up of damaged surfaces shall not be permitted without approval from the
Employer’s representatives and Façade Consultant. Where touching up is not
authorised, damaged material shall be replaced at no extra cost and time to the
employer. Where touching up is authorized, the façade contractor shall provide a
compatible air-dried coating for field touch-up as recommended by coating
manufacturer and based on, at the minimum standards set out, to match the factory-
applied finished work. Touch-up sample should be provided to the Architect for
approval, prior to commencement of painting.

B. POWDER COATING - PVF3 COPOLYMER TECHNOLOGY QUALICOAT CLASS 3 AND


AAMA 2605 STANDARDS

Where a PVF3 powder coating painted finish is required for exterior and/or interior
applications, it shall be PVF3-copolymer technology or fluoropolymer based powders.
 The powder finish shall comply with Qualicoat Class 3 product performance
requirements as defined in Qualicoat Quality Label latest Edition.
 It shall also meet AAMA 2605 in terms of weathering performance and other
requirement criteria stipulated herein.
 The coating thickness to be at least 50 microns according to EN ISO 2730 and
Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.
 To ensure optimum weatherability, coated panels must be initially submitted to an
independent laboratory for acetic acid salt spray test for 2000 hours in accordance
with EN ISO 9227 and ISO 4628-2 as in Qualicoat Quality Label 12th Edition Clause
2.10 or ASTM B117 salt spray test of 4,000 hours as in AAMA 2605 Clause 7.8.2.
 QUV A tests after 2,000 hours must have at least 90% gloss retention and colour
change shall not exceed 5E NBS units as defined by EN ISO 11341 (QUV A – DIN EN
ISO 11507 – UVA 340) in Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition. In addition, to
ensure powders are supplied in specified quality to work site, cut portion of aluminium
extrusion shall be taken from the site for conducting the aforesaid test at façade
contractor’s cost at Façade consultant discretion if deemed necessary.
 Chalking shall not exceed No. 8 rating for colour and No. 6 for whites in accordance
with AAMA 2605 Clause 7.9.1.3 ASTM D4214 Test Method A (Method D 659).
 The powder coating types that may be accepted as Qualicoat Class 3 powders shall be
Akzo Nobel D 3000, Jotun Durasol or approved equivalent.

C. POWDER COATING - QUALICOAT CLASS 2 AND AAMA 2604-05 STANDARDS

Where a powder coating painted finish is required for exterior and/or interior applications,
it shall be at least a super-durable powder coating based on super durable polyester
technology.
 The powder finish shall comply with Qualicoat Class 2 product performance
requirements as defined in Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page81
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 It shall also meet AAMA 2604 in terms of weathering performance and other
requirement criteria stipulated herein.
 The coating thickness to be at least 60 to 90 microns according to EN ISO 2360 and
Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.
 To ensure optimum weatherability, coated panels must be initially submitted to an
independent laboratory for acetic acid salt spray test for 1,000 hours in accordance
with EN ISO 9227 Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition or salt spray test of 3,000
hours as in AAMA 2604 Clause 7.8.2.
 QUV A tests after 1,000 hours must have at least 90% gloss retention and colour
change shall not exceed 5E NBS units as defined by EN ISO 11341 in Qualicoat. In
addition, to ensure powders are supplied in specified quality to work site, cut portion
of aluminium extrusion shall be taken from the site for conducting the aforesaid test
at façade contractor cost at Façade consultant discretion if deemed necessary.
 Chalking shall not exceed No. 8 rating for colour and No. 6 for whites in accordance
with AAMA 2604 Clause 7.9.1.3 ASTM D4214 Test Method A (Method D 659).
 The powder coating types which may be accepted as Qualicoat Class 2 powders shall
be Akzo Nobel D 2015, Jotun SuperDurable Series, Dupont Alesta AR 400 or approved
equivalent.

D. POWDER COATING - INFRARED (IR) HEAT REFLECTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Where an Infrared (IR) Heat-Reflective powder coating painted finish is required for
exterior and/or interior applications, it shall be at least a super-durable powder coating
based on super durable polyester technology.
 The powder finish shall comply with Qualicoat Class 2 product performance
requirements as defined in Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.
 It shall also meet AAMA 2604 in terms of weathering performance and other
requirement criteria stipulated herein.
 Aluminium surfaces shall be pre-cleaned in accordance with the procedures
recommended by the paint manufacturer. Aluminium surfaces shall be chromate pre-
treated in accordance with EN ISO 10546 or ASTM B449 Class 1.
 The coating thickness to be at least 60 to 90 microns according to EN ISO 2360 and
Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.
 To ensure optimum weatherability, coated panels must be initially submitted to an
independent laboratory for acetic acid salt spray test for 1000 hours in accordance
with EN ISO 9227 Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition or salt spray test of 3,000
hours as in AAMA 2604 Clause 7.8.2.
 QUV A tests after 1,000 hours must have at least 90% gloss retention and colour
change shall not exceed 5E NBS units as defined by EN ISO 11341 in Qualicoat. In
addition, to ensure powders are supplied in specified quality to work site, cut portion
of aluminium extrusion shall be taken from the site for conducting the aforesaid test
at façade contractor cost at Façade consultant discretion if deemed necessary.
 Chalking shall not exceed No. 8 rating for colour and No. 6 for whites in accordance
with AAMA 2604 Clause 7.9.1.3 ASTM D4214 Test Method A (Method D659).
 The colours of the IR pigment heat reflective powders shall have at least 0.25 Total
Solar Reflectance value measured based on ASTM C1549.
 The powder coating types that may be accepted are Qualicoat Class 2 IR heat
reflective powders shall be Akzo Nobel Cool Chemistry, Jotun SuperDurable Cool
Shades Collection or approved equivalent.

E. POWDER COATING - QUALICOAT CLASS 1, AAMA 2603 STANDARDS

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page82
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Where a powder coating painted finish is required for interior applications, it shall be at
least a Qualicoat Class 1 polyester powder for architectural application.
 The powder finish shall comply with Qualicoat Class 1 product performance
requirements as defined in Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.
 It shall also meet AAMA 2603 in terms of weathering performance and other
requirement criteria stipulated herein.
 The coating thickness to be at least 60 to 90 microns according to EN ISO 2360 and
Qualicoat Quality Label Current Edition.
 To ensure optimum weatherability, coated panels must be initially submitted to an
independent laboratory for acetic acid salt spray test for 1,000 hours in accordance
with EN ISO 9227 Qualicoat Quality Label Current Eddition or salt spray test of 1500
hours as in AAMA 2603 Clause 6.7.2.
 QUV A tests after 1,000 hours must have at least 50% gloss retention and colour
change within limits as defined by EN ISO 11341 in Qualicoat. In addition, to ensure
powders are supplied in specified quality to work site, cut portion of aluminium
extrusion shall be taken from the site for conducting the aforesaid test at façade
contractor cost at Façade consultant discretion if deemed necessary.
 Chalking performance shall in accordance with AAMA 2603 Clause 6.8.1.2.
 The powder coating types which might be accepted as Qualicoat Class 1 powders shall
be Akzo Nobel D1010, Jotun Façade Series, Dupont Alesta AR 300 or equivalent.

F. TESTING
 Conduct the following tests on suitable test coupons for each production run of the
coating process.
 Salt Spray in accordance with ASTM B117. Withstand 500 hours in a 5% salt
fog at 35°C.
 Impact Test in accordance with EN ISO 6272. Coating on aluminium alloy AA
5005 H24 or H14 (Al Mg 1 – semi-hard) shall withstand energy impact of
2.5NM for Class 1, 2 and 3 powders on the significant back side of panel and
the test requirements of cracking or detachment of Class 1, 2 and 3 powders
respectively shall be in accordance with the Qualicoat Quality Label Manual
Current Edition.
 Chemical Resistance Test in accordance with ASTM D1308.
 Cross Hatch Adhesion Test in accordance with ASTM D3359. No paint
removal with cellophane tape after cross-scoring with eleven horizontal and
eleven vertical line 1mm apart.
 Hardness Test in accordance with EN 1SO 2815. Coating shall has an
indentation resistance according to Buchholz of more than 80.
 Bend Test in accordance with ASTM D522. Coating on 1mm thick aluminium
panel shall withstand 180 degree bend over 6mm mandrel.
 Gloss Test in accordance with ASTM D523. Test coated flat panel with
Gardener 60 degree meter. Coating shall not vary ±5% from data sheet
requirements on each material supplied.
 Testing certification from the paint manufacture must be submitted as required by the
paint manufacturer licensing agreement.
 In-house test reports must be submitted at 4 equally spaced intervals for the duration
of production as a back-up to the paint manufacturer test certifications.

538 ALUMINIUM FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY

A. GENERAL

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page83
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Fabricate aluminium in accordance with approved shop drawings and prototypes.


 Cut edges, drilled holes, riveted joints and flat sheets shall be clean, neat, and free
from burrs and indentations. Remove sharp edges without excessive rounding off of
corners.

B. FABRICATION TOLERANCES
 Tolerances at joints and junctions shall take precedence over tolerances for
components or assemblies.
 Submit a schedule of fabrication tolerances for all major cladding system components.
Indicate extremes of allowable base-structure tolerances on shop drawings.

C. HOLES
 Provide holes and connections for site assembly and to accommodate work of others
as required.
 Holes shall be drilled, or punched and reamed, perpendicular to the surface.

D. MARKING
 Provide suitable clear marking to enable correct setting out, and installation.
 Marking shall be of a type that can be removed with water or solvents after assembly.
 Marking should be positioned on unexposed surfaces where possible.

E. BUILT-UP MEMBERS AND REINFORCEMENT


 Where two or more sections of aluminium are used in built-up members, contact
surfaces shall be smooth, true and even, and secured so that the joints are tight
without the use of filling materials.
 Steel reinforcement of aluminium members shall be completely enclosed and
separated from aluminium by approved methods to avoid galvanic reactions. The
Façade contractor shall submit proposed details for approval.

F. GLAZING REBATES
 Glazing rebates shall be of adequate size to hold the weight and size of glass required,
with necessary clearances and tolerances, and to withstand the specified wind
loadings.
 Where required, provide snap-on cover-strips to secure glass. Meeting corners of
cover-strips shall be mitred. Cover-strips shall exclude water in driving rain conditions.

G. MOVING PARTS
 Moving parts shall operate freely and smoothly, without binding or sticking, at correct
tensions or operating forces, lubricated where appropriate.

H. PROTECTION
 Protect finished aluminium surfaces to prevent damage during transportation, storage,
installation, and until the completion of all construction processes.
 Provide factory applied protective film, tape or coatings which will not bond to the
aluminium surfaces or cause stain or other damage to the panels when exposed to
sunlight or weather.

I. JOINTS AND JUNCTIONS


 All visible joints shall be fixed by concealed means, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings or approved in writing.
 Fit exposed joints accurately to provide close continuous contact to a fine hairline.
Ensure continuity of finish colour and texture without surface variations at joints.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page84
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Make junctions with concealed mechanical connectors so that no fixings, pins, screws,
pressure indentations and the like are visible on exposed faces.
 Sections shall be sized to eliminate edge projection or misalignment at joints.
 Where required, joints shall be watertight and weather tight.
 Other than for concealed stud welding, aluminium extrusions shall not be welded
except where approved in writing and, if approved, only on concealed surfaces.
 Joints between fabricated assemblies may be concealed with suitable aluminium
extruded covers or clip-on.

J. FIXINGS IN ALUMINIUM WORK


 Fixings to aluminium or aluminium alloys shall be non-magnetic stainless steel unless
otherwise indicated on the drawings. Cadmium-plated steel or aluminium fixings shall
not be used. Self-tapping screws shall be stainless steel. Non-visible screws may be
pan-head type.
 Visible fixings where required and/or approved, shall be indicated on shop drawings.
Visible fixings shall be finished to match adjacent substrate. Unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings, visible screws shall be countersunk stainless steel with
Phillips or "pozidrive" heads, evenly and neatly located.

540 FIXINGS AND ANCHORAGES

A. GENERAL
 Provide all required anchors and fixings to assemble and install work in a neat, secure
manner, including bolts, washers, screws, rivets, welds, proprietary fasteners, and the
like, templates and other accessories of approved types for a complete installation.
 Fixings shall be of the type and size appropriate for the purpose and location in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions, be sufficient to transmit the imposed
loads and stresses and ensure the rigidity of the assembly. All fixings shall be new and
undamaged.
 Fixings shall be corrosion resistant, and non-staining to adjacent work.
 Fixings shall be concealed unless otherwise approved or indicated on the Drawings.
 Submit details, including computations and shop drawings where required, indicating
type, size and spacing of all items.
 Co-ordinate with others if required to ensure anchorages are provided and accurately
built into base-structure without delay or disruption. Provide set-out drawings,
templates and installation instructions as required.
 All items shall (be):
 Appropriate to the substrates and members to be fixed or assembled
 Ensure the rigidity of the assembly
 Corrosion resistant equal to or exceeding the members to be fixed or
assembled
 Structural strength capable of transmitting the loads and stresses imposed.
 Installed to prevent galvanic corrosion
 Allow generous on-site adjustment in accordance with approved shop
drawings
 Installed to accommodate all substrate movements and thermal movement
of the members to be fixed or assembled
 Allow for the following within the fixings and bracket:
 All movements, thermal expansion and dimensional changes that may occur
in the building and within the cladding itself
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page85
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The worst combination of tolerances and constructional inaccuracies as


specified
 Adjustments by small increments in all directions
 Any reduction in safe working loads in fixings due to their spacing,
construction tolerances, location in areas of tension, near edges or proximity
to cast in inserts – existing fixings, or thickness of shims. Use locking nuts,
spring washers or application of an approved locking fluid
 The possibility of reinforcement being encountered and the fixing position
being moved where post-drilled or site fixings are used into a concrete frame
 Ensure that all bolts and similar fixings are tight at completion of installation. Use
torque wrench if necessary.
 Ensure all fixings are vibration-proof under dead load, live load, wind load and thermal
movements.
 Items shall be delivered to site in durable packages, labelled to indicate type and
intended use.

B. MINIMUM LEVEL OF PROTECTION


 All bolts, nuts, washers in any given assembly shall be of the same material.
 Bolts between steel components shall be galvanised or stainless steel.
 Bolts between aluminium and steel shall be stainless steel and fully insulated.
 Bolts between aluminium and stainless steel shall be stainless steel.
 Bolts between steel and stainless steel shall be stainless steel and fully insulated.
 Bolts between aluminium components shall be stainless steel.

C. LOCKING OF NUTS AND THREADS


 Apply an approved nut locking compound or locking device to all nuts. Approved brand
include “Loctite”.

541 CAST-IN CHANNEL

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved proprietary anchorages, with corrosion-resistant finish, suitable for
the substrates and conditions, complete with closed cell PE filler strips.
 Cast-in channels are to be hot-rolled smooth or toothed channels or a Façade
Consultant approved equivalent.
 Channel length, tail size and tail locations shall satisfy the most extreme loading
conditions allowed for in the structural calculations.
 In case seismic loads or dynamic load or vibration needs to be considered, toothed hot
rolled channels shall be used or hot-rolled channels with 2 millions load cycle test.
 The choice of material (stainless steel or hot dipped galvanised steel) depends on the
local environmental conditions and has to be defined by the engineer in charge.
 The cast-in channel and T-bolt shall be made by the same manufacturer throughout
the projects. Mixing of components made by different manufacturers is not allowed.
 The cast-in channels shall be designed in accordance with engineering principles.
Verifiable calculations and design drawings shall be prepared, taking account of the
loads to be anchored. The design drawings must contain the precise position, size and
length of the anchor channels as well as the bolt type and the size of the bolt.
 Cast-in channel calculation shall be endorsed by manufacturer’s engineer.
 The manufacturer should be certified according to ISO 9001.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page86
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The anchor channels and T-bolts should be designed to European Standard CEN/TS
1992-4.
 The manufacturer should have a Certificate of “European Technical Approval” and
“Worldwide Product Insurance”. Submit details for verification.
 The channels shall meet the Fire Prevention Requirement F90 (90 minutes) in
accordance to DIN 4102 or EN 13501.
 The brands which might be accepted are Halfen, Jordahl or approved equivalent.

B. MATERIAL
 The finishing of channels and T-bolts should be hot-dipped galvanized or stainless
steel A4 and should meet the authority requirements.
 The anchors of the channels shall be made of the same material and according to the
same standard as the channel profile.
 To avoid any risk of contact corrosion mixing of materials (e.g. hot dip galvanised
cast-in channel with stainless steel T-bolt) shall be avoided.
 Hot-Dip Galvanised Cast-in Requirements:
 The anchors of the channels shall be made of steel 1.0038, 1.0214, 1.0401,
1.1132 or 1.5525 according to EN 10263, EN 10269 or 10025.
 T-bolts shall be according to EN ISO 4018 and EN ISO 898-1 with washer.
 Nuts shall be according to EN ISO 4032.
 The welding of anchors shall be done according to EN ISO 3834-2.
 The hot-dip galvanising shall be according to EN ISO 1461 with minimum
thickness 50µm galvanizing according EN ISO 4062.
 Stainless Steel Cast-in Requirements:
 Stainless steel cast-in profile shall be made of steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571
(A4) or 1.4529 / 1.4547 (HCR) or duplex steel 1.4362 according to EN
10088.
 The bolts shall be made of steel 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571 / 1.4578 (A4),
grade A4-50 or A4-70 or 1.4529 / 1.4547 (HCR), grade HCR-50 or duplex
steel 1.4362 according to EN 3506-1 and EN 10088.

C. INSTALLATION
 Install cast-in in concrete in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements, particularly
on the following issues:
 the concrete grade on site complies with the assumed concrete grade of the
design calculation or is even better
 all edge distances and spacing of installed bolts comply with the assumed
data of the design calculation
 Do not install anchors into post-tensioned concrete structures, void sections of precast
concrete panels, and non-conventional concrete structures, unless approved in
writing.
 In case of overcast of the cast-in channel the bolts shall be checked for bolt bending.
The gap must be completely bedded when the fixture is erected. In case of either
overcast and/or undercast of the cast-in channel the manufacturer should be
contacted to assess the situation and to provide solutions.
 Refer to Structural Engineer’s Drawings for concrete reinforcement locations, and
position anchors to minimise risk of conflict with reinforcement.
 Include sufficient tolerance to compensate for anchorages which become dislodged or
damaged during placement of concrete.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page87
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Where required, supply anchors and embedments for installation. Include templates,
set out drawings and installation instructions. Do not delay work. Monitor location of
embedments before and during placing of concrete and arrange adjustments if
required.

542 ANCHORAGE

A. GENERAL
 Provide all required anchors and embedment to support the work from the base-
structure, including proprietary anchorages, fabricated anchor bolts and other
embedments as required with sufficient holding power.
 Anchorages are distinguished between fixings in concrete and masonry. Anchors which
may work in concrete are not permitted to be used in masonry and vice versa.
 Expansion anchors shall be designed in accordance with ETAG 001 Annex C. Bonded
anchors shall be designed in accordance with ETAG TR029. Alternatively, anchors may
be design in accordance with CEN TS 1992 or fib (fédération internationale du béton)
guidelines.
 Anchors shall be tested in accordance with the CFA (Construction Fixing Association)
Guidelines. Proof loads should not exceed 1.5 x design load.
 The manufacturer should have the Certificate of “European Technical Approval”, and
the particular model and size of anchor proposed for the project shall have been fully
tested to ETA guideline (minimum of 5 tension and 5 shear tests without considering
influence factors for bonded and mechanical anchors, suitability tests and tests under
admissible service conditions).
 Select and install proprietary anchors suitable for the substrates and conditions in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Submit details, including
computations and shop drawings where required indicating type, size, depth, spacing
and minimum edge clearances.
 Do not use explosive shot fired devices unless approved in writing.
 Where anchor bolts are not accessible after completion of the façade works or where
required by local regulations, anchors shall be Grade 1.4301 (304) stainless steel
minimum, and shall meet the criteria of corrosion class III.
 Where anchor bolts are exposed after completion of the façade works or where
required by local regulations, anchor shall be Grade 1.4401 (316) stainless steel
minimum, and shall meet the criteria of corrosion class IV.
 Mechanical and chemical anchors are to be Hilti, Fischer or approved equivalent.

B. INSTALLATION
 All anchors are to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements.
The Façade contractor is responsible for confirming that all edge distance, spacing and
embedment requirements are satisfied.
 Anchors that have been fixed in enlarged holes, cut off on site, or otherwise modified
in an unapproved manner shall be rejected and replaced.
 Install anchors and embedments to tolerances not less than:
 Maximum deviation from correct position: +/- 12mm.
 Minimum distance from the concrete edge to the nearest part of the anchor:
100 mm.

543 OTHER FIXINGS

A. BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page88
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 If stainless steel bolts, nuts and washer are required, the bolts and nuts shall comply
with BS 6105, grade A4, class 80. Stainless steel washers shall comply with
BS1449:Pt2, Grade 1.4401 (316) S 31.
 If galvanised bolts, nuts and washer are required, the bolts and nuts shall comply with
EN ISO 1461, grade 8.8.
 Sheradised bolt, nut and washer are not allowed.

B. HSFG BOLTS
 High-Strength-Friction-Grip Bolts and associated nuts and washers are to comply with
BS 4395: Pt1 unless otherwise specified. Contact surfaces are to be left unpainted or
prepared.
 HSFG Bolts are to be installed in accordance with BS 4604 using a wax based lubricant
and coronet type load indicator washers or an Employer’s Representative’s or Façade
Consultant approved equivalent.

C. HOLDING DOWN BOLTS


 Holding Down Bolts and associated nuts and washers shall be galvanised Grade 4.6 or
8.8 or 10.9 to BS 4190 unless otherwise specified. They shall be rigidly held in place
at the top and bottom by tack welding to mild steel links before galvanising. They are
to be located using a template that is firmly secured to the formwork or
reinforcement.
 The threaded length is to be sufficient to take up all construction tolerances, and is to
be protected by taping and covering where impact damage may occur.

D. STUDS

Shear studs shall be Nelson Studs or an Employer’s Representative’s or Façade


Consultant approved equivalent welded to the structural steel in accordance with
manufacturer requirements.

E. CAST-IN PLATES
 For concealed areas or behind the air seal, all cast-in plates are to be hot-dip
galvanished, with zinc plating minimum 50 micron in accordance with EN ISO 1461.
 For exposed areas or outside the air seal, all cast-in plates are to be stainless steel
grade 1.4401 (316).

F. SCREWS
 All screws are to be stainless steel, those located outside the air seal line are to be
grade A4, screws located behind the air seal line are to be minimum grade A2.

G. RIVETS
 All rivets shall be stainless steel blind rivets.

H. BLIND FIXINGS TO HOLLOW SECTIONS


 All blind fixings to hollow sections shall be Lindapter Hollo-Bolts or approved
equivalent.
 Where both surfaces are accessible, stainless steel through-bolts may be used.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page89
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

550 FAÇADE COMPONENTS

551 BACKPAN
 All back-pans are to be powder-coated aluminium 2.0mm min thickness. GI sheet are
not allowed.
 The back-pan shall be fully sealed with backing rods and approved sealant to form a
drained spandrel cavity. Back-pan construction should have folded back edges
providing a continuous sealing edge.
 All back-pans installation details shall allow for all possible movements, installation
and fabrication tolerances.
 Back-pans to spandrel glass shall be painted to Architect specified colour. Colour
mock-ups shall be provided by the Façade contractor at the Architect’s instruction.
 Maintain a minimum 50mm nominal air space between the back pan and spandrel
glass.

552 INSULATION
 Install thermal insulation to all opaque wall areas (spandrels, cladding areas, air-seal
locations within suspended ceilings, blanked off louvres and other non-vision areas)
with a minimum thermal resistance of R-value to 1.9m²°K/W or comply with local
authority requirement.
 Insulation to be mineral wool of minimum 50mm thickness unless noted otherwise or
as necessary to meet thermal requirements, with minimum density 60kg/m³. Provide
factory applied aluminium backing foil.
 Where insulation is connected to the fire-stop or where required by local regulations,
the insulation shall meet 2 hours fire-rated.
 Insulation shall be retained by aluminium clips, aluminium straps, galvanized steel
straps, pins with retaining disks or integral pockets within the unit frames. Maximum
spacing of clips and straps shall be 400mm c/c. Adhesive attachment of insulation is
not permitted. Provide sufficient insulation support to prevent sagging.
 Install butyl-backed aluminium tape around perimeter of foil-face of insulation board
to adjacent metal framing to achieve positive vapour barrier.
 Thermal insulation shall be installed so as to prevent the formation of condensation
within the spandrel cavity and behind air seal sheeting.

553 FIRE STOP AND SMOKE SEAL

A. FIRE STOP
 The continuous gap between the façade and the concrete slab edge is to be filled with
approved fire-rated insulation compressed to the manufacturers’ recommendations
and/or other relevant Authority-approved mineral fibre insulation material with a 2-
hour fire resistant period.
 Thickness shall be 100mm minimum top to bottom.
 Fire-stop that is in multiple pieces (widths smaller than that supplied by the
manufacturer) will not be accepted.
 All fire stop/fire breaks and insulation is to be provided such that visual impact to the
face system is minimal and acceptable to the architect.
 Fire Stop width shall be minimum of 25% greater than the gap width and compressed
into place.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page90
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Provide impaling clips configured as per fire stop manufacturer’s requirements except
as noted herein. Clips shall be 1.5mm thick galvanized steel with 50mm minimum
width and spaced at maximum 300mm. Impaling clips shall be fastened to floor slab.
 Provide additional support in the form of continuous 1.5mm galvanized steel plates at
conditions where dimension from floor slab to internal face of façade exceeds 125mm.
 Liquid fire stop may be used. Brands that may be accepted include Hilti CP672 or
equivalent.

B. SMOKESEAL
 Provide continuous 1mm thick sealed Galvalume sheet with smoke seal as part of fire
safing assembly to prevent the passage of smoke between all compartments
separated by fire safing assembly.
 Performance requirements:

 Continuous and smoke-tight.


 Flexibility to allow all anticipated movements in wall system and remains
intact.
 To meet local requirements.

554 SILL AND CURTAIN BOX

A. INTERNAL WALL LINING


 Internal lining are to be 15mm thick minimum calcium silicate board with aluminium
framing 2mm thick minimum.

B. TRIMS TO HEAD, SILL, & JAMBS


 Internal aluminium trims are to be provided to sills, jambs and ceiling transoms at all
floors. These trims are to provide a uniform surface, with hairline joints.

C. PARAPET SILLS
 Provide 15mm thick minimum calcium silicate board for parapet sills with aluminium
framing 2mm thick minimum.

555 AIR SEALS AND BAFFLE

A. AIR SEALS
 Provide soft density neoprene closed cell sponge at four-way joints to prevent the
passage of air.

B. WEEP BAFFLES
 Provide weep baffles of 45 PPI reticulated PVC-coated open cell urethane foam.
 Baffles shall be compressed 30-40% min., with aluminium baffle covers.

556 THERMAL BREAKS


 Where shown on contract drawings or required by local authorities, provide fully
thermally broken façade systems.
 Thermal breaks that are integral to extruded aluminium frames shall be continuous
polyamide nylon or continuous polyurethane. Increase separation as required to
comply with specified thermal performance.
 Polyamide nylon shall be reinforced with glass fibres and shall be mechanically locked
to extrusions with closely spaced crimps.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page91
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Polyurethane shall be poured into a cavity of a single extrusion. The extrusion shall be
debridged after the polyurethane hardens. The cavity shall have closely spaced
indentions to mechanically lock the polyurethane against slippage in the cavity.
 Thermal breaks that are clamped between two layers of metal with fasteners shall be
rigid PVC or one of the materials specified for glazing gaskets in this specification.
 Thermal breaks shall not split, crack or fracture. Thermal breaks shall not experience
shrinkage or other deformation to the extent that frames are distorted or water
leakage occurs. Extruded aluminium frames with integral thermal breaks shall conform
to specified tolerances for one-piece aluminium extrusions.
 Thermal brakes shall have the same strength and rigidity as the aluminium section
that it separates.

557 FLASHING

A. GENERAL
 Provide all required flashings, baffles, trims, cappings and the like to prevent the entry
of water and weather, and make neat and clean junctions with the base structure and
adjoining work. Where visible, provide matching materials and finishes. Include all
fixings and sealing.
 All flashings shall be cut and folded to approved profiles out of non-corrosive
materials, with protective coatings as required. Flashings shall be factory fabricated in
long lengths where practical, and pre-painted on visible surfaces. Submit details.
 Flashings shall occur on the warm side of insulation.
 Flashing is not acceptable as a vapour barrier.
 Flashing shall be of adequate stiffness to retain shape and to resist lifting by the wind.
Make provision for differential movements and for separation of dissimilar materials.
 Continuous flashings shall be welded or mechanically fixed to form continuous
uninterrupted lengths. Corners shall be accurately scribed and mitred. If the flashing
is concealed, flashing joints shall be lapped at least 100mm and sealed.
 Where flashings are fitted to pre-formed rebates, co-ordinate cast-in grooves or
reglets as required.
 Construct weep holes as required to enable the passage of moisture to the outside of
the building. Submit details.

B. LOCATIONS

Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, types and locations shall be as follows:
 Concrete floor flashings at every storey
 Louvre flashings
 Continuous horizontal and vertical smoke flashings
 Feature column flashing at every second storey

C. MATERIALS:

Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, types and locations shall be as follows:
 Zincanneal sheet with minimum 0.5mm thick. Zinc-alum might be used for internal
concealed areas only.
 Stainless steel sheet grade 1.4301 (304) with minimum 0.8 mm thick.
 Aluminium sheet with minimum anodized finish, not less than 0.4 mm or more than
1.0 mm thick, with a maximum copper content of 0.25%.
 Silicone sheet with minimum 2mm thick.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page92
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Neoprene strip shall be 3 mm minimum thickness, and shall comply with ASTM D1149
with regard to ozone and flame resistance. The materials shall have the following
properties:
 Shore hardness: 70 - 80degrees
 Minimum tensile strength: 13.8MPa
 Minimum elongation at break: 150%
 Minimum tear strength: 1.38MPa

560 HARDWARE / IRONMONGERY

561 GENERAL
 Provide all hardware / ironmongery for specified doors and windows as specified in the
door and hardware schedule. For details refer to Architect’s schedule if available.
 All hardware is to be of a proprietary type stainless steel, which has been fully
designed and tested. Submit detail.
 All hardware shall be grade 1.4401 (316) stainless steel for exposed element and out-
side air seal and grade 1.4301 (304) stainless steel for all other elements non-visible
and in-side air seal or otherwise specified.
 Hardware shall hold their respective windows and doors in their intended position.
They shall withstand the specified design wind load and shall not deflect, drop, or
compromise the overall performance of their respective windows or doors for the
service life, subject only to routine maintenance and minor repairs.
 All hardware should be tested to a minimum of 50,000 cycles for heavy duty door and
30,000 cycles for doors, windows and other applications in accordance to BS 1192 or
SS 212.
 All hardware shall comply with local authorities’ requirements.

562 SWING DOORS OR WINDOWS

A. HINGES
 Approved suppliers shall include Ferco, Giesse or approved equivalent.
 Load capacity tables provided by the manufacturer are to be submitted, together with
test results, if required.
 Operable vents, formed of extruded aluminium with a profiled handle, shall be
constructed with end pieces, which have been cut to match the end profile of the vent
extrusion.
 Stainless steel piano hinges or similar proposals may be considered. Hinges for the
vent can also be extruded and punched and run the full length of the operable vent.
The hinges shall be free-moving but shall be designed to a ‘snug’ fit, so as to prevent
any vibration of the vent in either closed or open positions.
 The vents shall be manually opened to a point of full extension or as instructed by the
Architect or Façade Consultant allowing the full cross-sectional area of the vent
opening to be vented. At full extension there shall be a ‘limiting device’, which shall be
adequate to restrain the open vent in full wind loading conditions. The restraint shall
be designed so that the vent may be manually closed without compromising the future
functioning of the ‘limiting device’.
 The contractor shall incorporate ‘riding’ or ‘sitting’ block to support dead load in closed
positions.
 The smoke vents shall have the automatic pneumatic activator as required by
Employers’ Representative or Architect.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page93
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

B. HANDLE AND LOCKING SYSTEM


 All window handle systems is to be of a proprietary type stainless steel grade 1.4401
(316) or aluminium casting with the same finish as adjacent frames or Architect’s
specified finish.
 The profile of the handle shall be designed in association with the architect’s intention
to ensure its operability in terms of depth and access for recoverability of the vent
when it is in open position.
 All window locking systems is to be of a proprietary type stainless steel grade 1.4401
(316), which has been fully designed and tested.
 Locking system for operable vents shall be multi-point locking system, with pulling
block minimum 2 points.
 Locking Points shall be calculated based on acceptable vent deflection and stress
limits, with a minimum of 4 locking points.
 The locking system shall be fully concealed within the body of the vent frame and shall
lock into a concealed location.
 Handle shall be located at mid-point of operable vent on the vertical face. The handle
in the open position should not obstruct the action of the outward opening vent. The
brand might be accepted are Ferco, Giesse, Interlock and approved equivalent.

563 SLIDING DOORS OR WINDOWS


 Approved suppliers shall include Ferco, Giesse or approved equivalent, this include all
necessary accessories.
 Sliding mechanism shall be stainless steel wheel equipped with side access adjustment
and shall provide noiseless movement. Nylon wheel is not acceptable.
 Sliding doors or windows should be equipped with stopper.
 Load capacity tables provided by the manufacturer are to be submitted, together with
test results, if required.
 Locking Points shall be multi-point lock with minimum of 6 points. The locking system
shall be fully concealed within the body of the sliding doors or windows/
 Handle shall be powder coated or PVDF. Colour shall be match to the frame colour.
 Force to initiate the movement should not be more than 80N/m² of sash areas for
sliding doors and horizontal sliding windows, and should not be more than 110N/m²of
sash areas for vertical sliding windows.

564 OPERABLE DOORS & HINGES


 Door hinges shall be Dorma, Besa, Geze or Jackson concealed spring hinges or
approved equivalent.
 Load capacity tables provided by the manufacturer are to be submitted, together with
test results, if required.
 Door locks and handles shall be Dorma, Besam, Geze or Jackson or approved
equivalent. Locking mechanisms shall be Dorma or approved equivalent and shall be
based on a project wide master-keying System.
 Pivot points shall be long enough to prevent disengagement in work conditions.
 Butterfly hinges for the doors shall be stainless steel grade 1.4401 (316) with ball
bearing or extruded aluminium coated to match adjacent frames. The hinges shall be
free-moving but shall be designed to a ‘snug’ fit, so as to prevent any vibration of the
vent in either closed or open positions.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page94
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

565 AUTOMATIC DOOR


 Auto-sliding, auto-swing and auto-revolving doors mechanisms shall be by Dorma,
Geze or Besam or approved equivalent. Door mechanism shall be concealed within the
framing or cladding system surrounding the doors.
 Load capacity tables provided by the manufacturer are to be submitted, together with
test results, if required.
 Auto door mechanisms shall allow fast, smooth opening and closing actions.
 Auto door mechanisms shall be provided with a manual override system to restrict
opening width or maintain open position as required.
 Auto door mechanisms shall be provided with a power-safe mode to keep doors in the
open position in case of power failure.
 Auto door mechanisms shall have the capability to be integrated with the project wide
security and fire safety systems.

566 FIRE RATED DOORS AND WINDOWS


 All fire and smoke vents shall be fitted with hydraulic opening devices.
 All fire rated door and window operable hardware system is to be of a proprietary type
stainless steel grade 1.4401 (316), which has been fully designed and tested.
 All fire-rated doors and ironmongery shall be provided and installed in accordance with
the Door Schedule.
 All fire-rated hardware shall be linked to the Building Management System for
automatic opening in case of fire.
 Certificates shall be provided demonstrating conformance with relevant codes of
practice and authority requirements or regulations and approved standards for fire-
rated construction and satisfying regulations for means of escape.

570 OTHER ITEMS

571 BMU RESTRAINT SOCKETS AND TIE-BACK PLUNGERS


 BMU restraint sockets and tieback plungers are to be supplied by the BMU Façade
contractor and installed by the Façade contractor. In the event that a BMU Façade
contractor under the Main contractor has not been appointed, the Main contractor
shall supply.
 BMU restraint sockets must be incorporated for testing of the performance prototypes
 BMU restraints are to be installed at 2.5m intervals and at every 4th storey or at every
20m, whichever is the lesser or in accordance with EN 1808. Final locations are to be
approved by Architects and Façade consultants.
 Socket restraints are to be ‘Lockwell’ or Façade Consultant approved equivalent.
Tieback plungers are of minimum three-ball design.

572 LOUVRES & GRILLES

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved proprietary louver/grille assemblies complete with all accessories
and support frame with fixings back to the building, together with structural
calculations for blades, frames, fixings, and blanked off sections. Submit drawings and
details including structural and test data for Buildings Department comment.
 Louvers shall consist of extruded perimeter frames and blades; frame corners and
blade ends shall be fastened with grade 1.4401 (316) stainless steel screws.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page95
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 All louver blades, heads, sills, jambs mullions, fixing cleats, clips and braces shall be
aluminium extrusion alloy 6063 or 6061. Louver blades shall be minimum 1.5mm
thick, and framing and clips shall be minimum 2.0mm thick.
 The use of aluminium sheet materials for louver panel components shall not be
acceptable.
 Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, finish shall match adjacent façade system
finish.
 Structural requirements: Design all materials to withstand the required design wind
pressure without failure or permanent distortion of members, and without blade
flutter. Maximum allowable deflection across the strong axis for the louver structural
members to be span/180 or 20mm, whichever is less. Maximum allowable deflection
across the weak axis for the louver blades to be span/120 or 12.5mm, whichever is
less.
 Provide concealed stiffeners for blades, such that vector sum of blade deflection
parallel to principal axes does not exceed span/180 times span at design pressure
assume that pressure acts perpendicular to the plane formed by the corners of the
perimeter frame, and that the tributary area for one blade equals its projected area on
the same plane.
 Where required for access, provide framed and hinged louvered access doors to match
adjacent louvres.
 Install louvres/grille into frames by methods that resist unauthorised removal.
 Operable louvres are to be weatherproof and self-draining.
 Submit all product data prior to production. This includes:
 Air flow and water entrainment performance test results
 Verification that testing has been carried out at an accredited test facility
 Material grades and thickness
 Blade and mullion support spacing

B. ARCHITECTURAL LOUVRES
 Architectural louvres/grilles are not required to be weatherproof, but the cavity
between them and the structural slab is to be fully flashed and sealed with a stainless
steel flashing.

C. PERFORMANCE LOUVERS (ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT TO BE ADVISED BY THE MEP)


 Continuous louver blades shall be locked and fastened to vertical support members,
heads and sills shall have an integral sealant reveal. Provide base catch fan and
flashings to shed all water.
 Performance requirements:
 The louver performance shall be established by full-scale wind tunnel tests
carried out on a louver measuring not less than 1,000mmx1,000mm. Testing
and rating shall be performed to H.E.V.A.C. Technical Specification
"Laboratory Testing and Rating of Weather Louvers when subjected to
Simulated Rain" standard.
 The louver blades shall be aerodynamically shaped to provide minimum
restriction to airflow. The louvers shall have a discharge loss coefficient based
on free area not less than 50% unless otherwise specified by Mechanical
Engineer.
 The pressure drop across louver under face velocity at 2.5m/s shall not be
greater than 70Pa.
 For wind driven rain: the louver system shall achieve an effectiveness ratio of
99% (Rating A according to HEVAC) at ventilation rate up to 1.0m³/s when

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page96
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

subjected to a simulated rain of 75mm/hr and a 13m/s wind directed at the


face of the louver unless otherwise specified by Mechanical Engineer.

D. WIRE-MESH AND BLANK OFF PANEL


 Provide approved concealed 1.4401 (316)-grade stainless steel insect wire mesh to
the interior of all external active louvers assemblies (architectural and performance
louvers).
 Mesh shall be 1.6mm minimum thickness and 5x5mm openings or as specified by
Architect.
 Provide blank off plates to all non-active louvres. Blank off plates should be aluminium
solid panel with 3mm thickness and same finish as louvers.

E. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL


 Louvers to plant rooms shall be designed to be removed and re-installed if required,
for the removal or replacement of major plant items.

573 ANTI-CARBONATION COATING


 All concrete surfaces that are not protected by an air-sealed building envelope shall
receive a protective anti-carbonation finish layer. These surfaces are typically behind
stone cladding, aluminium rain-screen cladding and louvres.
 Carbon Dioxide Diffusion resistance: the anti-carbonation coating shall have a
minimum equivalent Air Layer thickness R>100m.
 Moisture Vapour Diffusion resistance: the anti-carbonation coating shall have a
maximum equivalent Air Layer thickness SD<2m.

580 STEEL FRAME WORK

581 GENERAL
 The work shall consist of the design, supply, fabrication, surface treatment, storage,
delivery and erection of all the steelwork shown on the contract drawings. This also
includes the supply and installation of all cast-in items used to support the steelwork,
the grouting of base plates, the provision of cleats and drilling of holes for the
attachment of the cladding system, and repairs to damage surfaces during
construction.
 The work shall be carried out in strict accordance with the Registered Structural
Engineer’s drawings, this specification, all other drawings and specifications included
in this contract, and any Architect/RSE authorised written instruction that may be
issued during the course of this project.
 Where any conflicts are found in the contract documents by the contractor they shall
be immediately brought to the attention of the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant. The contractor shall await a written instruction from the Employer’s
Representative or Façade Consultant before proceeding with the affected area of work.
 During tendering, the Tenderer shall assume the greater criteria in terms of cost in the
absence of other instructions.

582 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS

A. STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

Structural steelwork shall comprise weldable structural steel to EN 10025 1.0044 (S275-
mild steel) or 1.0060 (E335) or 1.0553 (S355-high yield steel), unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page97
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

B. HOT-ROLLED SECTIONS

Dimensions, mass, tolerances and rolling margins are to comply with the following
standards:
 Universal beams, columns, tee sections and channels to EN 10024
 Flats, plates, round bars and square bars to EN 10025
 Hollow sections to EN 10210
 Angles to EN 10210

C. COLD FORMED SECTIONS


 Dimensions, mass, tolerance of cold rolled sections to be in accordance with EN
10219.
 Cold formed sections are not permitted unless specifically nominated on the drawings.

D. STAINLESS STEEL
 Wrought Stainless Steel shall comply with BS 970: Pt1 grade S16.
 Flat rolled Stainless steel shall comply with BS1449 and shall be grade 1.4401 (316)
S16 softened.
 Stainless steel tubes shall comply with EN 10305.

E. CAST IRON AND CAST STEEL


 Grey cast iron shall comply with BS 1452, grade 10
 Malleable cast iron shall comply with BS 6681
 Spheroidal cast iron shall comply with BS 2789
 Carbon manganese steel castings shall comply with BS 3100

F. FORGED STEEL
 Steel forgings and forged steel pins shall comply with ASTM A711M.

583 WELDING

A. WELDING CONSUMABLES
 All welding shall be done in accordance with pertinent recommendations of AWS
D1.1/D1.1M and comply with BS 5135 and the local building authority requirements.
 Welding consumables used in fusion welding shall comply with BS 4570. Welding
consumables used in metal arc welding of austenitic stainless steel shall comply with
BS 4677.
 All welding shall be performed by skilled, qualified and certified mechanics. All welders
shall be certified by local authority. Certificates shall be submitted to Consultant for
record prior to proceeding with welding works.
 All welding shall be performed with electrodes and methods recommended by the
suppliers of the metals being welded.
 Type, size and minimum length of all welds shall be shown on the approved shop
drawings and structural calculations.
 Welding to galvanized surfaces shall not be permitted.
 Welding consumables and the procedures used shall ensure that the mechanical
properties of the deposited weld metal shall not be less than the parent metals.
 Welds behind finished surfaces shall be done in such manner as to not cause distortion
"weld telegraphing" or discoloration on the finished side. Weld spatter and welding
oxides on finished surfaces will not be permitted. Welding on exposed surfaces is

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page98
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

prohibited. Welding at finished exposed areas may not cause distortion, dimpling and
deformation of any kind.
 All steel-to-steel welds shall be wire brushed to remove scale and painted with two (2)
heavy coats of zinc rich primer in differing colors.
 Special care shall be taken to protect glass and other finished surfaces from weld
spatter.
 Façade contractor to submit welds testing procedure for Façade Consultant approval.
Welding shall not commence until the quality procedures are approved.

B. PREPARATION FOR WELDING


 Prepare fusion surfaces to BS 5135. Surfaces must be dry. Warm the surfaces if
required to remove condensation.
 Remove welding slag by chipping before depositing subsequent runs.

C. TACK WELDS
 Tack welding may only be used with Façade consultant’s approval.
 Tack welds to be minimum 50mm long.

D. BUTT WELDS
 Butt welds shall be full penetration welds between prepared fusion faces, unless
otherwise specified.
 Carry out back chipping, grinding or gouging of the deposited weld as required to
obviate imperfections in the root run.
 Grind butt welds flush without loss of parent metal.

E. FILLET WELDS
 Fillet welds are not permitted as a means of attaching stud type members (i.e.,
headed studs, deformed bars, threaded rods) to insert plates, only full penetration
welds to end of studs are accepted and shall be made with a machine specifically
designed to weld studs to insert plates.
 Deposit fillet welds to the required length, throat thickness and with partial or full
penetration as specified.

F. TEMPORARY ATTACHMENT
 Do not weld temporary attachments to principal joints. Obtain approval of the position
of welds for temporary attachments.

G. WELDING DISSIMILAR METALS


 Do not commence until approved in writing. Submit details of welding of dissimilar
metals, including:
 Type and thickness of materials to be welded
 Proposed joint preparation and welding procedures
 Proposed filler metal
 Expected dilution (proportion of fused parent metal in the weld metal)

H. SITE WELDING
 No welding shall be carried out at site unless specifically requested and approved.
 Site weld areas are to be coated with an approved coating system for site applications.
 Where field welding to embeds occurs, the embed thickness shall not be less than
8mm.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page99
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

584 PROTECTIVE COATINGS

All steelwork is to be provided with a protective coating system with a 20-year minimum
design life. The coatings are to be provided over the full surface area of steelwork. Exposed
edges Details are to be submitted for Consultant’s approval.

Protective coatings are to be as outlined below for normal internal and external applications.
For more aggressive environments, higher performance paint systems are to be used.

A. INTERNAL CONCEALED STEELWORK

Internal concealed steelwork is to be hot-dip galvanised with a minimum dry film


thickness of 70 microns or with minimum zinc coating weight 500g/m².

B. EXTERNAL CONCEALED STEELWORK

External concealed steelwork is to be hot-dip Galvanised with a minimum dry film


thickness of 100 microns or with minimum zinc coating weight 700g/m²

C. EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL EXPOSED STEELWORK

The coating system is to be by Dulux, Taubmans, Coultards, or Façade Consultant


Approved equivalent suitable for internal surfaces and wear from impact and traffic as
necessary.

The coating system shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
 3 part or 4 part inorganic zinc silicate system
 Surface preparation - Blast cleaned to Sa 2.5 in accordance with BS 7079
Part A1
 Primer ethyl zinc silicate, 75-micron minimum dry film thickness,
conventionally sprayed
 Barrier Coat - Two pack epoxy Micaceous Iron Oxide (MIO), 75-micron
minimum dry film thickness, conventionally sprayed.
 Finish Coat –Architectural silicone paint or as be specified by the Architect or
Consultant.

Paint samples, technical catalogues and Manufacturer’s Application Procedures are to be


submitted for Approval before commencement of paint application.

585 HOT DIP GALVANISED STEELWORK

A. SURFACE PREPARATION

The steelwork is to be chemically descaled and cleaned, so that rust, mill scale, oil,
grease and other foreign matter are removed immediately prior to galvanising. Tubular
sections are to have bleed holes as necessary. The size and location of bleed holes is to
be shown on shop drawings.

B. DISTORTION DUE TO GALVANISING

The Façade contractor is to ensure the steelwork does not distort as a result of
galvanising. The size of components, preheating requirements, and dipping method are
to be reviewed to achieve minimal distortion and maintain steelwork tolerances.

C. GALVANISING PROCESS
 All galvanising shall be hot-dipped and shall be carried out in accordance with EN ISO
1461.
 Following galvanising, the steelwork is to be left to cure for 48 hours before
transportation to site.
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page100
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

D. REPAIR AND TOUCHING UP


 All abrasions, site welds, etc are to be repaired by grinding (wire brushing) the surface
back to a sound substrate and batch coating with an inorganic zinc silicate primer
equivalent in quality of 110 micrometres dry film thickness of Dimetcote 6 from
Ameron International or approved equivalent.
 All cold galvanished shall be passed and show few blisters and less than 3mm average
creep from scribe after 1,000 hours salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B117.

586 OTHERS

A. FIRE PROTECTION
 All structural steelwork where specified or required by local authorities or regulations
shall be protected by approved fire proofing material and must be approved by local
authorities.
 All manufactured material shall be delivered in original, unopened packages bearing
the name of the manufacturer, the brand, and a recognised testing body's label
verifying compliance with said body's quality control inspection programme and the
appropriate fire resistance ratings.

B. GROUT FOR BASE PLATES

Grout for column base plates shall be proprietary type cementitous non-shrink grout
(by Sika or approved equivalent) with a minimum compressive strength of 40MPa. Data
sheets, installation procedures and other supporting information for flowing and dry pack
grout are to be submitted to the Façade Consultant for written acceptance before use.

587 ERECTION

A. STORAGE AND HANDLING


 All structural steel shall be stored and handled so that members and their coatings are
not subjected to excessive stresses or damage. Stacking shall be such as not to
interfere with the smooth progress of the works.
 Open ends of tubular members at all times shall be securely protected from the
ingress of water or deleterious materials.

B. SITE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS


 Safety requirements, erection cranes, equipment, scaffolding and staging, shall meet
the requirements of local authority regulations.
 The Façade contractor shall take full responsibility for the safety and stability of the
steelwork during erection and until such time as it is finally completed and handed
over. The Façade contractor must take all precautions including temporary bracings
necessary to ensure stability of the partially assembled structure against wind forces,
and those stresses exerted due to erection equipment and its operation tending to
distort or deform the framework.

C. TEMPORARY SUPPORTS
 The Façade contractor shall adopt an erection procedure such that all members can be
placed and fixed in position without distortion.
 The Façade contractor shall allow for the cost of temporary erection bracing required
and any professional advice required in connection with such bracing.
 As each section of steel is erected, all members shall be aligned, levelled and plumbed
before final bolting up or welding commences. The ties, jacks braces, etc, used in

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page101
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

lining, levelling and plumbing the steelwork shall be left in position until all bolts have
been finally tightened.

588 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES

A. GENERAL

Fabrication tolerances for steelwork shall comply with EN 1090 or EN 1993 as


appropriate.

B. FOUNDATION BOLTS

The position of cast-in foundation bolts at the top of base plates shall be within 3mm of
the specified position. The position of foundation bolts in bolt pockets at the top of base
plates shall be within 5mm of the specified position. The line of bolts shall not be tilted
from the specified line by more than 1 in 40.

C. ERECTION OF STEELWORK
 The position in plan of vertical components at the base shall be within 10mm of the
specified position along either principal setting out axis.
 The level of the top of base plates and the level of the lower end of vertical or raking
components in a pocket base shall be within 10mm of the specified level.
 The thickness of packing plates shall not vary from the specified nominal thickness or
10mm, whichever is less.
 The line of vertical or raking components shall be within 1 in 600 and within 10mm of
the specified line in every direction.
 The position and level of components connected with other components shall be within
5mm of the specified position and level relative to the other components at the point
of connection.
 The position of components supported on a bearing shall be within 5mm of the
specified position relative to the bearing along both principal axes of the bearing.

589 STAINLESS STEEL

A. GENERAL
 Provide all stainless steel in the required profiles, finishes, sizes and grades.
 All stainless steel materials shall be flat, smooth and free from surface blemishes
where exposed to view in the finished unit. Do not use materials with pitting, seam
marks, roller marks, and variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by
referenced standards for stretcher-levelled metal sheet, strains, discoloration, or other
imperfections.
 Stainless steel generally shall be Grade 1.4301 (304) or 1.4401 (316). Grade 302
shall not be used. Structural applications and all exposed stainless steel works shall be
Grade 1.4401 (316).
 All tie rods, fork ends, turnbuckles and ancillary items shall be McAlloy grade S460
high strength stainless steel.

B. MECHANICAL FINISH
 Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, exposed stainless steel shall be finished to
match approved samples in accordance with AS 1449 or ASTM A240 or EN 10088,
designated as follows:
 "Linished".
 "6" Soft satin.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page102
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 "7" Semi-mirror.
 "8" Bright mirror.
 Grain shall be vertical in all locations, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
 If no finish is specified, SS surfaces shall be in non-directional hairline finish.

C. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET


 Unless otherwise identified herein or on drawings, stainless steel sheets shall be brake
formed with V-cut corners.
 Minimum sheet thickness is 2mm for all panels, frame cladding, fascias and soffits.
Trims shall be 1.5mm thickness unless otherwise designated on the drawings.
 Performance requirement: Variations in flatness shall not exceed 0.1% or 1.5mm in
1.5 meters, whichever is less. Increase metal thickness, provide stiffeners, or both, as
required to meet this requirement.
 Flatness of architectural stainless steel shall be not less than "stretcher level" grade.
Submit manufacturer's specifications.
 All exposed stainless steel surfaces shall have a satin #4 finish or as approved by the
Architect and Consultant.

D. COLOUR

Where indicated on the drawings to be colour finished, stainless steel is to be colour


treated by an approved permanent process to match approved colour samples. Submit
details.

E. CERTIFICATION:

Submit mill certificate in accordance with the relevant Standard.

590 SUSPENDED POINT-SUPPORTED GLASS SYSTEMS


All materials are to be in accordance with this Specification unless otherwise approved by the
Façade Consultant.

591 EXPOSED METAL FITTINGS


 Exposed metal fittings shall be manufactured from grade 1.4401 (316) stainless steel
finished to match approved samples, and shall be designed with capability to adjust
and align façade and accommodate building movements and applied forces.
 All exposed metal framing, cappings, trims, closures, etc., for the glass mullion wall
systems shall be clad with or manufactured from grade 1.4401 (316) stainless steel.

592 MULLION RESTRAINT BOXES

Mullion restraint boxes shall be recessed flush with the surrounding finish work. Coordinate
with surrounding finish work as required for accessibility for glazing or re-glazing.
Furthermore, the mullion restraint box shall be concealed and flush with the finish floor level
or top of structure as required. Coordination with structural work is required.

593 FASTENERS AND TENSION ROD MEMBERS


 Fasteners shall be minimum stainless steel grade A4 with strength and type
appropriate to their use, and shall be tightened (where necessary) to specific torques
with calibrated wrenches.
 Tension rods shall be manufactured from round bar of an appropriate diameter
designed to suit the conditions. The material of the tension rod shall be high strength
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page103
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

low thermal expansion S.32205-A1.4462 duplex stainless steel with an ultimate


tensile strength of 800MPa minimum. The tension rods shall be machined and
threaded with left hand and right hand threads both ends smoothed and cleaned (free
running) for the fork connections.

594 CONNECTING FORK MEMBERS


 The tension rod forks connecting to the rods shall be manufactured from the lost-wax
casting process of low thermal expansion high stress – corrosion and cracking
resistant and capable of age hardening ferritic-austenitic ASTM329 duplex stainless
steel with ultimate tensile material strength of 780MPa minimum.
 The fork after casting shall be machined and threaded with left hand and right hand
screw threads ready for the tension rod and node connections.

595 POINT SUPPORTED FIXING BRACKETS (SPIDERS)


 The spider fittings shall be manufactured from the lost wax casting process with
stainless steel grade A4 with a tensile strength of 600MPa. The spider arms must be
designed to take all loadings applied to it and to allow flexibility to reduce the stress
around the glass holes.
 The spider assembly is to be complete with fasteners consisting of swivel articulated
countersunk bolts and round headed nuts, manufactured from stainless steel rod
grade A4 with machined screw threads complying with ISO965/1 metric M thread
profile.
 The point-supported fixing bracket assembly must consist of the following
components:

1. Swivel articulated countersunk head screws is the fixing member which is


manufactured from stainless steel grade A4 with tensile strength of 600MPa, a
Yield Strength of 220MPa and with external threads complying with the BS 3643.

2. The fittings are protected from direct contact with the glass by an insulating
material known as Toyo non compressible vulcanised fibre VFS-1 gasket that is
grey in colour and manufactured to conform to the Japanese standard JIS C2315.

3. The glass hole is insulated from the countersunk screw by a black countersunk,
U.V resistant nylon or anodized aluminium bush.

4. A threaded collar is utilized for efficient transfer of load from the glass to the
Spider fitting and manufactured from stainless steel grade A4.

5. Non-compressible vulcanised fibre gaskets insulates between metal to metal


surfaces to eliminate undue noise.

6. A washer, manufactured from stainless steel grade A4 with a tensile strength of


600 MPa, distributes the clamping load.

7. A spring washer manufactured from stainless steel grade A4 acts as a lock


mechanism to secure the nut in place ensuring full tightness for long periods of
time.

8. The Spider assembly is securely fastened using grade A4 nuts, with internal
threads complying with BS 3643.
 A comprehensive non-linear Finite Element Analysis modelling and testing of the
fittings and glass assembly (incorporating holes in the glass) shall be carried out to
demonstrate their ability to withstand applied loads.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page104
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

596 TENSION ANCHOR BRACKETS AND SUSPENSION RODS


 All brackets providing end fixings for the tension rod systems shall be fabricated from
high strength low thermal expansion ferritic austenitic 2205 duplex stainless steel with
an ultimate tensile strength of 800mPa or equivalent.
All sharp edges are removed and the surface linished to satin #4 smooth finish.
 The vertical suspension rods shall be machined from standard size round bar of high
strength low thermal expansion S.32205-A1.4462 duplex stainless steel with an
ultimate tensile strength of 800MPa, or equivalent.
All sharp edges are removed and the surface linished to satin #4 smooth finish.

597 GLASS FINS


 When laminated glass is required as a glass fin, the interlayer shall be interlayer with
higher structural capacity (refer to clause 512B).
 The glass fins shall be fully suspended.
 The glass fins shall be checked against the buckling and use restrains if required.
 Bearing fixings is not allowed.

600 STONE WORKS

601 GENERAL

A. GENERAL SELECTION
 All stones shall be dense, fine-grained and shall be carefully selected to provide
uniformity in colour, texture and finish (following polishing).
 The stones shall be free of fractures, veins or clefts which may affect the structural
integrity of the stones.
 The stones shall be free from minerals that may cause deterioration or objectionable
staining under normal environmental conditions.
 The minimum stone thickness is as follows:

Type of stone Span up to 1m Span more than 1 m

Granites 30 mm 40 mm

Limestone, Sandstone, Travertine 50mm 70 mm


 All stone of the one colour is to be supplied by one quarry.
 Prior to cutting stone, at least 2 colour samples 450mm x 450mm of each stone type
are to be taken to show the acceptable range of panel colour and grain.
 Following Architect approval, 4 sets of colour-matched samples are to be made and
distributed as follows.
 1set for checking at the quarry
 1set for checking at the fabrication plants
 1set for checking on site
 1set for Architect’s record/reference

B. DRY LAY INSPECTION

Arrange for a complete dry-lay of all stone cladding off-site. Make allowance for sufficient
area for the dry-lay. Ample time shall be allowed for in the programme for the Architect
to review and comment on the dry-lay. Revise dry-lay as required by Architect. Use a
concealed marking system to ensure that approved layout is installed on the building.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page105
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

C. STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS

All stones shall comply with ASTM C615 with respect to the following requirements:
 Absorption by weight: Maximum 0.40% for Granite, 0.20% for Travertine, 3% for
Limestone and Sandstone in accordance with standard test method ASTM C97.
 Density: Minimum of 2560 kg/m³ for Granite, 2300 kg/m³ for Travertine, 2400 kg/m³
for Limestone and Sandstone in accordance with test method ASTM C97.
 Compressive Strength: Minimum of 130MPa for Granite, 52MPa for Travertine, 55MPa
for Limestone and 70MPa for Sandstone in accordance with test method ASTM C170.
 Flexural Strength: Minimum of 8.3MPa for Granite, 7MPa for Travertine, 2.8Ma for
Limestone and Sandstone, when tested by standard test method ASTM C880 in all
orientations. (Testing shall be on samples with the surface finish proposed for the
project).
 Coefficient of thermal Expansion: Maximum of 0.0000084/C

D. IMPERFECTIONS AND REPAIRS:


 Spalling, chipping, cracking and staining imperfections will not be permitted and are
grounds for rejection of panels. Repairs to imperfections will only be permitted where
they are approved in writing by the Architect and Consultant and away from fixing
locations. The contractor shall provide the stone replacement at the contractor cost.
 Full details of proposed repair procedures together with supporting technical data are
to be submitted for approval prior to commencing repair works.
 Stone fixing method shall allow for replacement of individual stones without damaging
or removing adjacent panels.

602 STONE SELECTION PROCESS

A. STEP 1 – PROPOSE STONE SOURCE AND SUPPLIER

At time of Tender Submission, provide the following information:


 Four (4) 450x450 samples of stone that match the description and meet the technical
requirements of this specification. The four samples shall represent the range of
aesthetic to be expected from the proposed source.
 Published or historical technical data of the stone from proposed quarry in particular.
Technical data shall include; absorption by weight, density, compressive strength,
flexural strength, modulus of rupture and material matrix of the stone. This data shall
meet the requirements of this specification.

B. STEP 2 – QUARRY VISIT


 Immediately after Contract Award, Stone contractor shall arrange and provide the
quarry visit for a maximum four (4) representative of the Employer, Employer’s
Representative and Façade Consultant. The quarry visit shall last 3 days and during
the visit, the following process shall take place:
 Visit the Quarry with the quarry master for Architect to choose desired stone
colour range.
 Establish the bench, layer and locations where this particular colour range
will be quarried.
 Architect and Façade Consultant will determine number of samples to be
taken for initial testing of the stone. This will be determined after speaking
with the quarry master and studying the historical test data on hand at the
quarry. Minimum samples are 1 dry and 1 wet sample for each 100m² of
stone cladding, but not less than 10 each.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page106
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Test samples shall be cut and sent to architect and façade Consultant
approved independent stone testing laboratory immediately.
 Establish the quality control quarrying method and size of blocks needed for
the project
 Determine if enough stones of Architect’s desired colour range is available for
the project.
 Visit the primary processing facilities (slabbing) and work with plant manager
to ensure quality control of processing the stone before shipment.
 Following the Architect’s approval, 4 sets of colour match samples are to be
made and distributed as follows: for checking at the quarry, for checking on
site, for checking at the factory, and for Architect’s record/reference.

C. STEP 3 – SUBMIT INITIAL TESTING RESULTS


 If initial testing results meet with specification standards and are approved by the
Architect and Façade Consultant, the contractor may then instruct the quarry to begin
quarrying and processing of the stone for the project.
 In addition, at this time the Architect & Façade Consultant will instruct on the
remainder of tests that need to be carried out. The total number of tests including the
initial testing scheme shall not exceed the number of tests listed in this specification.
Therefore, Façade contractor shall include all of the testing and above travel in his
Tender Bid at time of Tender Submission.

603 STONE ENGINEERING


 Establish factor of safety based on test results as described in CWCT “Guide to
Selection and Testing of Stone Panels for External Use”
 Check stress is stone under the most critical conditions. Stress at connection locations
shall also be checked.

604 STONE MANUFACTURER

A. STONE MANUFACTURE
The stone manufacturing capabilities shall comply with the following as a minimum:
 Required minimum equipment
 Multi-blade frame diamond cutting saw capable of tolerances of less than +/-
2mm
 Secondary diamond saws for cutting stone panels to size capable of tolerance
of less than +/-2mm, this should be located on a rotating bridge
 Lathe with diamond saw for forming round nosing pieces of stone
 Routers for forming rebates and grooves to stone
 Polishing live capable of producing various finishes, from coarse honed and
polished
 Automated flaming and water jet machines
 CNC machine with diamond-tipped where special features are required
 Planers, power chisels, diamond drills and all other machines necessary to
produce stones of honed finish to architects design
 The factory shall include semi-automated production lines. The production line shall
commence with the stone blocks being cut with the multi-blade frame saw. The sawn
slabs from the frame saw pass to a continuous polishing machine before the slab are
sawn into tiles of desired dimensions.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page107
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Owing to the importance of stone having uniform and standard dimensions, the first
process after initial cutting shall be calibration. The oversize sawn slabs shall pass
under a horizontal mill or roller set with diamonds, to ensure a uniform thickness
within tolerances. Slabs should then be progressively polished whilst travelling
continuously upon a horizontal conveyor belt, before being sawn into tiles. The tiles
are then to be chamfered on the required edges to prevent chipping before being
dried and inspected.
 Remedial action such as buffing of blemishes and filling of surface indentations may
then be carried out by hand of skilled stone craftsmen with no less than 5 years
experience.
 Manufacturer shall be aware that stone yield to desired Architects requirements may
be as low as 30%. Out of tolerance, blemished and gouged stones will not be
accepted on site.

B. MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS

Manufacturing shall comply with BS 8298.


 Grinding and polishing: All exposed surfaces shall be accurately machine polished to a
distortion-free mirror finish, unless otherwise specified.
 Finish: all exposed surfaces shall be polished.
 Edge Treatment: Edges shall be arrised, bevel chamfered or rebated and
polished where shown on drawings or where exposed.
 Manufacturing Tolerances: Finished polished stone shall be in accordance with the
following tolerances.
 Length and width of a unit: ±1.5mm
 Deviation from square: Diagonals not to differ by more than 2mm.
 Thickness Tolerance:
thickness < 50mm, tolerance = -1.5mm to +3.0mm
thickness > 50mm, tolerance = -2.0mm to +5.0mm
 Maximum deviation of a 1200mm long straight edge placed in any position
on a nominally plane surface shall not exceed 1mm.
 Tolerances are to be maintained by preventing bowing of panels caused by
inaccuracies in the way the units are cut and finished.

605 STONE TESTING


 A comprehensive testing regime of all stones adopted for this project shall be
implemented. As a minimum, the following shall be carried out. Testing of stone and
anchorages is to be carried out at a suitably qualified, independent testing laboratory
approved by the Employers’ Representative or Façade Consultant.

A. TEST LABORATORY
 Submit details of the proposed laboratory, confirmation that tests outlined in this
specification can be carried out, and all necessary credentials of the testing lab and
the proposed testing staff, for approval by the Employers’ Representative or Façade
Consultant.
 The laboratory shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Façade
Consultant.
 Approved testing facilities include:
 Stone initiatives – Australia
 Vipac - Australia
 Ian Binnie and Associates – Melbourne, Australia

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page108
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 CSIRO, Australia
 TVB Stranger, Hong Kong
 PSB, Singapore

B. TEST SPECIMEN
 Test samples shall be taken from representative positions across the quarries chosen
by the Façade Consultant and Architect to provide a representative variation in stone
that is expected on the project. (Plans of the quarry, together with locations and
reference numbers for where samples have been taken are to be approved by
Employers’ Representative, Architect and Façade Consultant at time of quarry visit).
 Stone samples shall be cut and finished in preparation for testing with surface finishes,
rifts etc. that are representative of stone panels to be used. Testing result must be
obtained and submitted to architect within 6 weeks of award of contract and within 4
weeks after quarry visit.

C. TESTING SCHEDULE

The following tests are to be carried out


 Initial testing Program

Where possible test specimens should be prepared from slabs or blocks that can be
“signed off” and photographed. The initial testing program is based around the
selection of eight slabs or blocks that should represent the colour and texture
variation visible within the stone.

a) Bulk Density / Water Absorption (ASTM C97)

o 4 sets of 2 specimens each

b) Compressive Strength (ASTM C170)

o Determination of wet and dry strength

o 4 sets of 10 specimens each

o 2 sets shall be taken from the two blocks that exhibit the extreme
variation in appearance with the third block “mid-range”; one set from
each block shall be tested as control specimens.

c) Freeze-Thaw Cyclic Testing (ASTM C97)

o 4 sets of 2 specimens each

o 2 sets shall be taken from each slab/block

d) Flexural Strength (ASTM C880)

o Determination of wet and dry strength

o 4 sets of 3 specimens each

o 1 set shall be taken from each slab/block

e) Volumetric and Chemical Stability (ASTM C295 section 10)

o 4 specimens; 1 specimen shall be taken from each block (throughout


the accepted range)

f) Petrographic/Mineragraphic Examination

o 4 specimens; 1 specimen shall be taken from each block (throughout


the accepted range).

g) The following information is to be collected:

o Grain size, shape and orientation


Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page109
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

o Porosity parallel and perpendicular to the grain

o Density and orientation of cracks and microcracks

o Secondary mineralization

o Extent of Weathering

A report on the petrographic examination shall be prepared to confirm whether the


stone is suitable for this building, for a design life of 50 years. Test results must be
obtained and submitted to architect within 8 weeks of award of contract.
 Design Testing

It is recommended that the following design tests be carried out upon acceptance of
the stone after the Initial Testing phase.

a) Strength of anchorages – ASTM C1354

o 4 sets of 2 specimens tested in a soaked condition, per anchor type

o Each set to come from a different block

o Each anchor type to be used for fixing stone shall be tested.

o Testing shall include tension testing, shear testing and testing of


anchorages for eccentric loading based on the worst rift of the stone

b) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion – Stone Initiatives method SI-THE-03

o 4 sets of 1 specimens

o Each set to come from a different block

c) Modulus of Rupture – ASTM C99

o Determination of dried and soaked strength

o 4 sets of 2 specimens each (total 4 specimens)

o Each set to come from a different block


 Production Phase Testing Program

As this stage, the testing is purely for quality control. The testing regime needs to be
basic, quick and directly related to the stone’s performance. The tests recommended
are as follows:

a) Bulk Density / Water Absorption (ASTM C97)

o 8 sets of 4 specimens each

o 1 set shall be taken from each slab / block

b) Flexural Strength (ASTM C880 modified specimen number)

o Determination of soaked strength

o 8 sets of 6 specimens each

o 1 set shall be taken from each slab / block

c) Volumetric and Chemical Stability (Stone Initiatives Method SI-VOL-03)

o 10 specimens

o 1 specimen shall be taken from each block

To ensure that the stone provided over the life of the project is consistent it is
recommended that the testing program should be split as follows:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page110
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Test Method Initial At 25% of At 50% of At 75% of Total No.of


production production production production Sets

Water
absorption &
4 sets of 2 3 sets of 4 3 sets of 4 2 sets of 4 40
Bulk Specific
Gravity

Flexural
Strength 4 sets of 3 3 sets of 6 3 sets of 6 2 sets of 6 60
(soaked)

Volumetric and
Chemical 4 sets of 1 4 sets of 1 4 sets of 1 2 sets of 1 14
Stability

It is a requirement within the specification that all samples are marked with the
block number and the block number must be traceable to a location within the
quarry.

A report summarizing all the test results together with an explanation of the material
properties of the stone shall be prepared and included with the test results

606 STONE SEALER


 All surfaces of stone panels except the rear surface and polished faces shall be treated
with a minimum of 4 coats of colourless waterproofing sealer system. The sealers
might be approved are Italcina Rainstop RS34, Rep-oil (by Federchemicals), Perfect
Wash, Evercrete or HMK.
 Stone sealer shall be water based. Solvent based impregnator is not acceptable.
 Impregnated stone sealers to be applied in strict accordance to the manufacturer’s
recommendations and/or requirements. A method statement for the application of the
sealer is to be submitted for the Architect’s approval. No application of the sealer
shall commence prior to written permission from the Architect.

607 STONE ADHESIVE

A. GENERAL
 Generally, no adhesives shall be used anywhere. Should adhesive be used, affected
stones shall be rejected and replaced.
 Adhesives may only allowed for wet fixing system stone cladding where indicated on
the drawings and approved by the Façade consultant.
 Approved manufacturer included ‘Mapei’, ‘Laticrete’ or Architect approved equivalent.
 Adhesive type and installation method shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations suitable to the location, function, substrates and performance
requirements, and as approved by the Façade consultant.
 Adhesive type and installation to be submitted to Architect and Façade consultant for
review and approval.
 Submit complete details, specifications, installation and curing instructions, including
manufacturer's certification that the proposed product selections are suitable for the
stone.
 All stone adhesive shall be the same product and manufacturer.

B. STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTIC:
 Tensile adhesion strength

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page111
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Initial not less than 2.5MPa


 After heat aging not less than 2.0MPa
 After immersion in water not less than 1.2MPa
 After freeze/thaw cycles not less than 1.2MPa
 After 28 days not less than 7MPa
 Flexural strength not less than 3MPa after 24 hours and not less than 9MPa after 28
days.
 Compressive strength not less than 14MPa after 24 hours and not less than 30MPa
after 28 days.
 Tensile Strength not less than 9MPa

C. OTHERS REQUIREMENT:
 Stone adhesive shall be resistant to alkali
 Stone adhesive shall be resistant to oil and solvent
 Stone adhesive shall have fast-setting characteristic
 Submit test results to verify the above
 Flexural strength Compressive strength

610 PRECAST CONCRETE

611 AGGREGATES

A. TYPE OF AGGREGATES
 Aggregates for concrete shall consist of clean, hard, durable crushed rock, unless
otherwise specified, be aggregates from natural sources complying with BS 882.
Additionally, the flakiness index when determined by the sieve method described in BS
812 shall not exceed 35 for any size of concrete aggregate. Fine aggregate within or
finer than zone 4 of BS 882 shall not be used.
 Aggregates shall not contain water soluble sulphur trioxide in excess of 0.1%.
 The chloride ion content of the fine and coarse aggregate shall not exceed 0.06% and
0.02% respectively by mass of dry aggregate. If either aggregate exceeds these limits
the material may still be considered acceptable by the Employer’s Representative or
Façade Consultant provided that the total chloride ion concentration derived from the
aggregates is not greater than 0.35% by mass of the cement in the mix.
 Coarse aggregate shall mean aggregate of which not less than 95% by weight is
retained on a 5 mm mesh test sieve to BS 410.
 Fine aggregate shall mean aggregate of which not more than 10% by weight passes a
no. 150m test sieve to BS 410 and 100% by weight passes a 10 mm test sieve to BS
410.
 Between the limits specified for coarse and fine aggregates the grading shall be such
as to produce a dense concrete of a consistency which will work into position without
segregation and without the use of excess water content.
 All aggregates shall comply with BS 882 and BS 812 in respect of impurities and
additionally with the following:
 Absorption 6% maximum by weight for ordinary construction.
2% maximum for waterproof construction.
 Salt 1% maximum (equivalent anhydrous calcium chloride
percentage by weight of cement).
 Shell 8% maximum by weight
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page112
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Carbonates 10% maximum by weight


 The drying shrinkage of the aggregates measured in accordance with BS 812:Part 120
shall not exceed 0.06% for general purpose concrete, and 0.04% for precast concrete,
concrete for special purposes and waterproof concrete.
 Lightweight aggregate is not acceptable.

B. APPROVAL OF AGGREGATES
 A minimum of 14 working days before the commencement of any concrete work,
forward to the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant for approval, details of
the proposed source of supply of aggregates giving the aggregate group classification
and typical physical properties as required by BS 882.
 The Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant shall be given advance notice of
any alteration in the source of supply of aggregate.

C. CERTIFICATION OF AGGREGATES
 Provide the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant with a certificate for his
retention, at such regular intervals as the Façade Consultant may prescribe, showing
that all aggregates have been re-tested since the date of the last such certificate and
showing that they continue to comply with the requirements of this Specification.
 Samples of aggregates of different sizes or types shall be sent to an approved
laboratory for testing prior to the commencement of any concrete works. The cost of
such testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
 Notwithstanding any certificate of compliance the Employer’s Representative or
Façade Consultant may at any time require that any aggregate delivered to the Site,
or elsewhere for use in the Works, be independently sampled and tested. Any
aggregate so tested which fails to comply with this Specification will be rejected. The
cost of such testing and consequential loss due to such rejection shall be borne by the
Contractor.

D. DELIVERY & STORAGE OF AGGREGATES


 Demonstrate to the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant that the samples
comply with this Specification. No deliveries in bulk shall be commenced until the
Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant’s approval has been obtained.
 The approved samples shall be representative of the grading and general quality of
the aggregate delivered during the course of the work.
 Coarse aggregate shall be delivered ready screened or screened on site into separate
nominal single sizes within the limits given in BS 882.
 Aggregates of different sizes or type shall be stored in different hoppers or different
stockpiles or approved well drained paved areas which shall be segregated from waste
and other material and from each other such that mixing of the aggregates before
batching or contamination is not readily possible. Stockpiles shall be protected
against contamination from any source.
 Premixing of fine and coarse aggregates before delivery to site shall only be permitted
with the prior written approval of the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant.
 Any aggregate, which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant, has become contaminated or does not conform with the foregoing
requirements may be rejected.

E. TESTING OF AGGREGATES
 Tests shall be carried out on samples obtained from the delivered aggregates taken at
intervals required by the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant in
accordance with BS 812: Part 101. Give adequate notice to the Employer’s

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page113
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Representative or Façade Consultant of the commencement of these tests to allow his


attendance if he considers this necessary. All tests will be to the expense of the
Contractor.
 Should a sample fail to comply with any of the tests the Employer’s Representative or
Façade Consultant may, at his discretion, either reject the batch from which the
sample was taken, order it to be washed and/or screened, or permit it to be used with
variations in the proportions or the concrete mixes specified. Any batch of aggregate
rejected by the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant shall be removed
from site forthwith.

F. GRADING OF AGGREGATES
 Aggregates will be subjected to sieve analysis to BS 812, and the limits of acceptance
are as shown in the tables below. The Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant
may require further analysis to be made if there is any alteration in the type of
aggregate.

Grading of Coarse Aggregate – Percentage by weight passing BS Sieve


Nominal size (mm) of graded Nominal Size (mm) of single-
aggregate sized aggregate
BS Sieve 40 to 5 20 to 5 14 to 5 40 20 10
50.0mm 100 - - 100 - -
37.5mm 90 - 100 100 - 85 - 100 100 -
20.0mm 35 - 70 90 - 100 100 0 - 25 85 - 100 -
14.0mm 25 - 55 40 - 80 90 - 100 0 - 70 100
10.0mm 10 - 40 30 - 60 50 - 85 - 0 - 25 85 - 100
5.0mm 0-5 0 - 10 0 - 10 0-5 0-5 0 - 25
2.36mm - - - - - 0-5

Grading of Fine Aggregate – Percentage by weight passing BS Sieve


BS Sieve Grading Zone 1 Grading Zone 2 Grading Zone 3
10.00 mm 100 100 100
5.00 mm 90 - 100 90 - 100 90 - 100
2.36 mm 60 - 95 75 - 100 85 - 100
1.18 mm 30 - 70 55 - 90 75 - 100
600 µm 15 - 34 35 - 59 60 - 79
300 µm 5 - 20 8 - 30 12 - 40
150 µm 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10
Grading of Crushed Rock Fines – Percentage by weight passing BS Sieve
BS Sieve Percentage
10.00 mm 100
5.00 mm 85 - 100
2.36 mm 60 - 87
1.18 mm 40 - 67
600 µm 20 - 50
300 µm 5 - 35
150 µm 0 - 20

 The cost of any such analysis is to be borne by the Contractor.


 Provide a set of BS sieves and weighing equipment with accuracy to 0.5% of the mass
of test sample and carry out sieve analysis to BS 812 on site.
 Carry out sieve analysis for coarse and fine aggregates at the minimum of one per
week at each stockpile. At the start of the works, sieve analysis should be taken twice
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page114
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

per week at each stockpile until the consistency of grading is evident and approved by
the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant.
 The maximum size of aggregate shall be 10mm.

612 CEMENT

A. TYPE OF CEMENTS
 Use ordinary or rapid-hardening Portland cement complying with BS 12.
 White or coloured Portland cement shall comply with the physical requirements of BS
12 and pigments shall be inorganic oxide pigments, either natural or synthetic in
origin complying with the requirements of BS 1014. Pigments whether added just
before mixing or by the cement manufacturer shall only be incorporated in the
proportions approved.
 Do not use super sulphated and High Alumina Cement.

B. CERTIFICATION & TESTING OF CEMENT


Obtain a manufacturer's certificate of test in accordance with the appropriate standard
for each consignment of cement delivered to the Precasting Yard and shall
immediately forward these certificates to the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant for his retention.
 Notwithstanding the manufacturer's certificate the Employer’s Representative or
Façade Consultant may require that any cement delivered to the Precasting Yard, or
elsewhere for use in the Works, shall be independently sampled and tested. Any
batch of cement so tested which fails to comply with this Specification will be rejected.
The cost of any such testing and consequential loss due to such rejection shall be
borne by the Contractor.

C. DELIVERY & STORAGE OF CEMENT


 Cement of different types and manufacture shall not be mixed one with another.
Cement shall be transported to site in covered vehicles adequately protected against
water. All cement shall be delivered to the Site or elsewhere for use in the Works in
the original sealed bags of the manufacturer or in approved bulk containers.
 Cement, unless delivered in bulk, shall be stored in a weather-proof shed, the floor of
which shall be raised at least 300mm above the ground to allow free air circulation.
Cement delivered in bulk shall be stored in a weatherproof silo. All cement shall at all
times be protected from deterioration.
 Each consignment of cement shall be clearly identified and labelled, stored separately,
and used in order of delivery.

D. INSPECTION OF CEMENT
 Any cement which, upon inspection, is considered by the Employer’s Representative or
Façade Consultant to have deteriorated in any way will be rejected.
 All cement rejected for any cause shall be removed from the site immediately.
 Bulk cement shall be used only if the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant’s approval in writing has been obtained. Bulk cement shall conform in all
respects to the relevant Clauses above. Automatic weighing equipment shall be used
for weighing the cement to be added to each batch.
 Cement for use in all visible sections of the works shall be obtained from a single
source to maintain uniformity of colour.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page115
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

613 STEEL BAR AND STEEL FABRIC

A. GENERAL
 Steel bar reinforcement shall be of the type indicated on the drawings.
 Steel bar reinforcement shall consist of the following:
 Mild steel bars complying with BS 4449.
 Hot-rolled high yield bars complying with BS 4449.

B. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION OF REINFORCEMENT


 Sampling and testing of each consignment of steel reinforcement shall be carried out
in accordance with BS 4449. Testing shall be carried out by an approved laboratory.
Submit details.
 Any reinforcement so sampled and tested which fails to comply with this Specification
shall be rejected and the whole batch shall be removed from the site forthwith. The
Contractor shall allow sufficient time for the testing of specimens and shall not use
steel reinforcement until the relevant test specimens have successfully passed all
tests. The Contractor shall bear all costs involved in making these tests. The
Contractor shall have no claim for bars mutilated in obtaining test samples.
 The Contractor shall produce mill certificates, certificates of origin and a
manufacturer's certificate of test in accordance with the appropriate standard for each
reinforcement batch delivered to Site. The Contractor shall periodically submit these
certificates in batches for approval. Each batch of certification shall be properly
indexed, referenced and collated and shall be original or certified true copies.

C. STEEL FABRIC REINFORCEMENT


 Steel fabric reinforcement shall be electrically cross welded steel mesh reinforcement
complying with BS 4483.
 Storage, Testing and Certification of Steel Fabric Reinforcement shall comply with the
provisions for Steel Bar Reinforcement listed above.

D. TYING WIRE
 Tying wire for fixing reinforcement shall be either No. 16 gauge soft annealed iron
wire, or No. 18 gauge stainless steel wires. Tying wire shall not encroach into the
“cover” zone.

614 OTHERS

A. WATER
 Water for use in mixing with cement or for curing concrete shall be from main supply
or any other approved source, clean, fresh and free from organic, chlorides and other
deleterious matter. Water storage tanks shall be covered to prevent contamination.
 The Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant may require that any water be
sampled and tested at the expense of the Contractor by the method given in BS 3148.
Water failing the criteria given in the appendix to BS 3148 will be rejected.
 Water for use in mixing with cement shall neither be hotter than 25oC nor colder than
5oC at the time of mixing.

B. ALKALI – AGGREGATE REACTION


 Measures to control the occurrence of alkali-aggregate reaction (AAR) in concrete shall
be submitted for approval. In the absence of alternative proposals, such control shall
be achieved by limiting the reactive alkali content of the concrete as described in
clauses below unless in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative or Façade

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page116
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Consultant the concrete element will not be subjected to moisture ingress throughout
its design life.
 The reactive alkali of concrete expressed as the equivalent sodium oxide per cubic
metre of concrete shall not exceed 3.0 kg.
 The equivalent sodium oxide (Na2O) content of the concrete shall be determined in
accordance with the following steps:
Equivalent Na2O = A + B + C, where:
 A is the sum of the acid-soluble alkalis (expressed as equivalent Na2O) of
cement, admixtures and water
 B is equal to 1/6 the total alkalis of pulverised fuel ash (PFA) (expressed as
equivalent Na2O) and
 C is equal to 0.76 times the chloride ion (Cl-) of the aggregate
 The acid-soluble alkali content of the cement shall be determined in accordance with
BS 4550: part 2 (excluding amendment AMD 7285) and shall be taken as the average
of the latest 25 daily determinations of equivalent sodium oxide plus twice the
standard deviation of the results.
 The acid-soluble alkali content of admixtures shall be determined in accordance with
BS 1881: Part 124.
 The acid-soluble alkali content of water shall be determined in accordance with
American Public Health Association (APHA) Sections 3500-K and 3500-Na.
 The total alkali content of the PFA shall be determined in accordance with BS 4550:
Part 2 (excluding amendment AMD 7285) and shall be taken as the average of 25
weekly determinations plus twice the standard deviation of the results.
 The equivalent sodium oxide content of the coarse and fine aggregates shall be
calculated from the quantity of chloride ion present measured in accordance with BS
812: Part 4.
 Submit the following particulars of the concrete mix:
 Test certificates not older than six months giving the results of tests required
in clauses above to be submitted at quarterly intervals during the
manufacture of all precast units, together with any necessary further
calculations to demonstrate that the mix continues to comply with the limit
on reactive alkali.
 Calculation of the reactive alkali of the proposed mix.

C. ADMIXTURES
 No admixtures or cements containing additives shall be used in concrete unless
specified or approved by the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant. Such
approval will not be given unless in the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant's opinion specific benefit to the density or quality of the concrete will
result. Additives so approved shall be used strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and written instructions.
 Obtain the prior written approval of the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant for the use of additives where they differ from those specified.
 Submit the following details of any admixtures or cement containing additives for
approval before using:
 Brand name and manufacturer's literature
 Proposed dosage and detrimental effects, if any, of under-dosage and/or
over-dosage
 Method of adding to the concrete mix
 Details of the Chloride content

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page117
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The chloride ion content of admixtures for concrete containing embedded metal shall
not exceed 2% by mass of admixture or 0.03% by mass of the cementitious content,
whichever is the less.
 Where the use of admixtures is specified or approved they shall comply with the
requirements of BS 5075.
 Approved admixtures shall be stored in watertight weatherproof containers clearly
marked to show the contents.
 The admixtures used for concrete shall be suitable and effective for the purpose of
modifying the workability, rate of stiffening or hardening, or colouring of concrete.

D. SPACER BLOCKS
 Spacer blocks for ensuring that the reinforcement is correctly positioned shall be as
small as possible consistent with their purpose, of type and shape approved by the
Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant, and designed so that they will not
overturn when the concrete is placed. They shall be an acceptable proprietary brand
of spacer block. Spacer blocks shall not visually affect the architectural or visible
surfaces in any way.

E. JOINT FILLERS AND SEALANT SYSTEMS


 Provide sealant systems of the types described, in locations as shown on the
Drawings.
 Sealant shall be low modulus, neutral-curing, non-staining silicone rubber compound.
Colour to the approval of the Architect
 Manufacturer that may be approved include Dow Corning, Momentive and SIKA.
 Primer as recommended by sealant manufacturer, if required.
 Sealant backer rod shall be compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene
jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible,
permanent durable non-absorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer
for compatibility with sealant. Rods shall be sized such that minimum compression in
joint is 25%.
 Bond breaker tape shall be polyethylene tape or other plastic as recommended by
sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to
substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide
self-adhesive tape where applicable.
 Impregnated polyurethane foam shall be of approved manufacture, thickness and
widths as specified or required.

F. SMOKE / FIRE BARRIERS


 Supply and install smoke and fire barrier seals between precast panels.
 Such smoke / fire barriers from the back of panels to the concrete structure of the
floor level opposite shall be provided by the Contractor.
 The fire barriers shall have a Fire Resisting Period not less than that shown on the
drawings or required by the local authorities, whichever is longer. Submit for the
approval of the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant details of the fire and
smoke barriers including Test Certificates of the material used in a similar application.

G. CURING COMPOUNDS
 Do not use concrete curing compounds.

H. GROUT
 Grout shall be a premixed factory produced cementitious grout that shall be mixed
with water on site, either to create a fluid or stiff consistency as required by the

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page118
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

application. Grout shall have a 28 day characteristic strength of 40MPa and shall be
non-shrink. Non-bleeding, non-expanding, without metallic additives, with a maximum
flow cone rating of 25 seconds, and with a maximum aggregate size of 1mm.
 Grout for Injection into dowel holes shall be fluid. Grout for packing between panels
and floor beams or between panels, where specified, shall be as stiff as can
reasonably be worked.
 Submit product literature, together with test results to show that grout complies with
the above requirements for approval by the Employer’s Representative or Façade
Consultant.

I. GALVANISING
 All steelwork requiring a zinc coating shall be hot dip galvanised in accordance with BS
729.
 Embedded galvanised items shall be passivated.
 Prior to galvanising the surfaces shall be cleaned of all dirt, weld spatter, grease, slag,
oil, paint or other deleterious materials.
 Steel surfaces shall be chemically de-scaled or sand blasted to a class 2.5 finish in
accordance with BS 4232, prior to galvanising.

620 SOLID FAÇADE FINISHES

621 GLASS FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE (GFRC)

A. GENERAL
 All materials are to be in accordance with this Specification unless otherwise approved
by the Façade Consultant.
 The Contractor shall be responsible for and warrant for the warranty period all
functional and performance design requirements of the complete GFRC cladding
system, including all relevant testing.
 Performance design shall comply with the current edition of the relevant Standards.
 The GFRC cladding system generally shall be an open-jointed rain screen system, able
to support all dead loads, wind loads, live loads and other loads imposed on the GFRC
cladding system, accommodate all movements due to base structure movement and
deflections and thermal expansion and contraction, and generally retain its
appearance for the service life of the system without failure or breakdown of individual
materials and components.
 All work shall have adequate dimensional stability to function properly and prevent
damage to adjacent or applied work.
 Provide protective coatings to prevent corrosion of metal components, including
concealed and structural components.
 Adjacent materials and products generally shall be chemically and electrolytically
compatible with each other and with relevant substrates, and shall be non-staining
and non-bleeding.
 Metals shall be isolated to prevent electrolytic action and corrosion from adjacent
dissimilar metals and absorptive substrates, by an approved coatings or spacers.
 Submit details of coatings, spacers and other means of isolation between dissimilar or
incompatible materials to prevent corrosion, perforation of protective coatings, or
other damage due to electrolytic action, chemical attack, or to any other cause
including bad practice, incorrect installation, or inefficient fixing methods.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page119
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Where there is an known or anticipated incompatibility between materials proposed


under this Section and materials to be provided by others, submit details of proposed
separation, coatings and spacers.
 Submit certificates from relevant manufacturers confirming acceptance of the use of
the selected products in the manner and on the substrates proposed.

B. PERFORMANCE
 Panels formed in GFRC shall achieve the shape and profiles as indicated on the
drawings.
 The colour, texture and finish shall be as indicated on the drawings and match those
of the sample prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Employer’s
Representative or Façade Consultant.
 The finished units shall be free from surface imperfections such as below holes, voids
and ridges which are visible when inspected from a distance of 5 metres.
 Any dirt and stains appearing on the exposed outside surface of the units shall be
cleaned. To facilitate this, the surface may be given a water repellent treatment,
subject to the consent of the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant.
 The GFRC material shall have the following properties when tested under BS 6432.
 Characteristic Limit of Proportionality (LOP) : 5.0N/mm2
 Characteristic Modulus of Rupture (MOR) : 8.0N/ mm2
 Dry bulk density : not less than 1,800 kg/m3

C. MATERIAL

1. Cement
 Cement shall be ordinary Portland cement to BS 12 or BS 6588 and shall be
obtained from one source.
 Low hydroxide cements can be used to provide improved long term strength.
Any cement of this type requires age testing validation, together with
strength and durability testing validation from the manufacturer to
International Standards. Quality control, mix design and application
procedures are to be provided by the supplier and submitted for acceptance.
 Cement shall be correctly stored and kept dry to avoid deterioration

2. Glass fibre
 The glass fibre shall be alkaline-resistant quality and have a strand-in-
cement value of over 330MPa after 96 hours in water at 80ºC as specified in
GFRC Association publication “Method of test for strength retention of glass
fibre in cements and mortars”.
 Approved glass fibre includes Cem-Fil by Saint Gobain/Vetrotex and NEG ARG
Fibre by Nippon Electric Glass

3. Aggregate
 The aggregate shall be suitable graded silica sand, limestone, granite or
other stable fine material which is hard, durable and clean. It shall not
contain deleterious materials in such a form or in sufficient quantity to affect
adversely the strength or durability of the GFRC.
 The aggregate shall comply with the following requirements:

o Silica Content > 96%

o Moisture Content < 2%

o Soluble Salts < 1%

o Loss On Ignition < 0.5%


Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page120
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

o Sulphate Ion < 4,000ppm

o Chloride Ion < 600ppm

4. Water: The water shall be clean (potable water quality) and free form harmful
matter in such quantities as would affect the properties of GFRC.

5. Admixtures: Where admixtures are proposed to be used, the supplier’s


recommendations and instructions shall be followed.

6. Acrylic thermoplastic polymer: The acrylic polymer dispersion shall be used in


accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions and should conform to the
following:
 Compound Type: Aqueous thermoplastic polymer dispersion
 Polymer acrylic based
 % Solids 45 –55%
 Appearance Milky white
 Film formation Temperature 7˚ to 12˚C

7. Mix-design: The mix-design of GFRC shall be proposed by the manufacturer and


consented to by the SC. The proportions shall be chosen to achieve the
performance outlined in this specification.

8. Mould Release Agent: The use of mould release agent will be permitted provided
it is compatible with the mould lining material and the finish required.

9. Fixings: The fixings inside GFRC shall be stainless steel grade 1.4401 (316).

D. EXECUTION
 For premix GFRC: Mixing of the GFRC mortar shall be carried out by a high speed
mixer to a consistent mix. Glass-fibre shall then be blended into their mortar paste
using low speed mixing. Total mixing time after addition of glass fibre shall not be
long enough to cause damage to the glass-fibre. The GFRC shall be vibration cast in
moulds using suitable vibrators. The energy input of the vibration equipment shall be
adequate to achieve thorough compaction without causing segregation of the fibre and
slurry.
 For hand spray GFRC: Mixing of the GFRC mortar shall be carried out by a high-speed
mixer to a consistent mix. The mortar shall then be transported and pumped to a
spray gun which chops the glass-fibre and deposits both the mortar and the chopped
glass-fibre onto moulds. Rollers shall be used to properly compact the GFRC mixture.
A succession of layers shall be sprayed to achieve the required thickness.
 Trowelling of the material shall be carried out in the “green state.
 The construction tolerance of GFRC units shall be in accordance with “Recommended
Practice for Glass-fibre Reinforced Concrete Panels” published by Precast/Pre-stressed
Concrete Institute.
 Units shall only be demoulded after the GFRC has attained a Characteristic Modulus of
Rupture (MOR) of 2.0MPa, using demoulding sockets cast into the GFRC. On
demoulding the panel shall be supported uniformly to avoid overstressing of the GFRC
material.
 Surface treatment of the panels, if required, shall be applied in accordance with the
Supplier’s recommendations after demoulding.
 Panels shall be handled, stored and transported in a manner to avoid damage or
marking to the exposed outside surface and to avoid overstressing.
 Panels shall be marked individually to indicate the type, serial number and date of
manufacture.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page121
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Making good of the exposed outside surface shall only be permitted subject to the
consent of the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant. Any such making
good shall provide a long-lasting effect without deterioration.
 At least one test board shall be prepared for each shift. Each test board shall be
cured in a similar manner with the panels for subsequent testing in accordance with
BS 6432.
 Provide a complete numbering system and schedule for all cladding panel units. Each
panel shall be individually numbered in such a way that the manufactured history can
be traced. Provide an approved permanent concealed marking system. Submit details.
 Identify the location of each individual panel on shop drawings and "as-built"
drawings.
 Before the panels are delivered to the Site, provide suitable marks or identification for
each panel for showing its correct location and orientation when installed.
 Identification labels on GFRC shall be made on a non-marking adhesive tape fixed to
the GFRC. No tape shall be put onto the visible side of a GFRC panel.
 The design of all components in this contract shall be such that their configuration
shall facilitate the self-cleaning of the GFRC cladding. Inclined drainage surfaces and
flashings, properly designed drip grooves and self-cleaning joint design are examples
of this requirement.
 The design of the components, selection and application of finishes, and installation
procedures shall ensure a high standard of finish protection during construction.
Develop and implement procedures to eliminate scratches, marks and blemishes to
finished surfaces. Indicate procedures on shop drawings and in the installation
procedures.
 Design and install the GFRC cladding system to allow for the future replacement of
any individual panel. Submit details and procedures for replacing individual damaged
items.

622 FIBRE REINFORCED PLASTIC

A. GENERAL
 All materials are to be in accordance with this Specification unless otherwise approved
by the Architect.
 Fibre Reinforced Plastic manufacturer and installer shall have a minimum of 10 year
experience in the manufacture and installation.
 This section specifics materials and workmanship for the manufacture, testing, curing
and storage of GFRP panels.
 Evaluations shall always be performed when the GFRP is in a cured state and
sometimes be performed in a raw (uncured) state to ensure that all materials selected
meet the requirements of the intended application. All materials shall be provided
with manufacturers’ technical specification and material safety data sheets. All
material or GFRP elements shall be fire resistant (flame retardant and non-toxic-gas
producing when burned, all fire resistant material must have an A class rating where
accepted).
 GFRP shall be made by a specialist designers, sculptors and production of Fibre
Reinforced Plastic Equipment with at least five years of experience in performing
similar types of works and shall be subject to be consent to the Architect.

B. MATERIALS

1. Polymer (Resin):

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page122
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Resin for the FRP shall be either polyester or vinyl ester. Resin shall contain
U.V. stabilizers to provide resistance to ultra violet degradation.
 Resin that may be approved are included

o Modar 814* from Ashland Chemical

o Hetron FR 992 from Ashland Chemical

o COR VE 8440/8441* from Interplastics

o COR 1 6-AA-3 84 from Interplastics

o Dion FR 7767 from Reichhold-Dion

o Dion FR 9300 from Reichhold-Dion


 The same resin shall be used throughout the structure. Dual resin systems
shall not be used.
 No dyes, pigments or colorants shall be used except in the exterior coat.
 The resin shall not contain fillers or thixotropic agents unless specified.
 The resin shall be follow manufactures instructions on inclusion of fillers
(ATH, Antimony Trioxide) required to meet a Class “A” fire rating as defined
by the National Fire Protection Association publication NFPA 101 Life Safety
Code and / or Class 1 Fire Rating as defined by ASTM E84 which shall also
comply fully and in accordance with all local authorities requirements.

2. Fillers and Pigments


 The resins used shall not contain fillers except as required for viscosity
control or fire retardance. Up to 5% by weight of thixotropic agent that will
not interfere with visual inspection may be added to the resin for viscosity
control.
 Resins may contain pigments and dyes by agreement when approved by
Architect in writing prior to use.
 Antimony compounds or other fire retardant agents may be added for
improved fire resistance, as required, to meet flammability specifications.

3. Reinforcing Material
 The reinforcing material shall have a coupling agent that will provide a
suitable bond to or into a matrix to improve mechanical properties.
 Materials can range from short fibres through complex textile forms, which
are combined with a resin to provide the composite with enhanced
mechanical properties.
 Laminates shall be designed to be loaded along their length, not across their
width.

4. Core Materials / Sandwich Structures. Possible core materials include, but are not
limited to, the following list:
 Foam cores: Foam cores should be used when light weight, fungi resistant,
non-fluid absorption properties, and high fatigue resistance is desired. They
should not be used where high strength is required.
 Honeycomb cores: Honeycomb cores should be used where high strengths,
high temperature stability, and low weight are desired, where high fatigue
strength, low bond degradation, and no fluid infiltration properties is not
required. Honeycomb cores should not be used if skins will be bonded to
it. Honeycomb cores require high end processing equipment and
materials, such as autoclaves and high temperature epoxy prepegs.
 Wood cores: Wood cores shall be used where high compression
properties, high stiffness properties, and low costs are desired, and where
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page123
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

low weight, non-fluid absorption properties, and having no wood rot are not
required.

C. EXECUTION

1. Gel-coat Requirements
 Gel-coats shall meet the twenty (20) year Operational Life requirement.
Minor surface cracking (e.g., spider-webbing) not exceeding 1% of the
overall surface area is allowed.
 Gel-coats shall be mixed in a manner that minimizes air inclusion.
 Resin to catalyst ratios shall be carefully controlled to eliminate any
possibility of exceeding the maximum allowable resin cure temperatures
and rates specified by the manufacturer.
 Only impact-resistant gel-coats shall be used.
 An ultra violet stabilized iso polyester resin based gel-coat shall be used for
where ultra violet light is present (e.g. outdoor applications, Dark Light
attractions).
 ISO/NPG gel coat with U.V. stabilizers shall be used for outdoor/wet
applications (e.g., boats, flumes, waterfalls).
 Gel-coats must be fully compatible with the laminate resins used.
 Where colour gel-coats are not required, clear gel-coat shall be used on all
structural parts to permit visual inspection of the composite.
 Gel-coats utilized in interior applications shall meet a Class A rating as
defined by NFPA 101 Life Safety

2. Resin and Laminate Requirements


 Resins shall be mixed in a manner that minimizes air inclusion.
 Minimum fiber to resin ratios:

o Structural - 30:70 by volume

o Structural - 50:50 by weight (for glass fibre laminates).

o Appearance - 17:83 by volume

o Appearance - 30:70 by weight (for glass fibre laminates).


 Resin to catalyst ratios shall be carefully controlled to eliminate any
possibility of exceeding the maximum allowable resin cure temperatures
and rates specified by the manufacturer.
 All fibre shall be completely saturated with resin. Unsaturated fibre is
considered an internal defect and shall be subject to repair or reproduction
of the part.
 All voids, areas of poor lamination, and un-reinforced resin shall be
eliminated.
 Fibre seams in adjacent layers shall be offset at least 4 inches or angled to
prevent seam stacking. For small and lightly loaded parts, offsets of less
than 4 inches are allowed.
 Grinding for bonding preparation shall not cut into any primary structural
fibres.
 Fully cured parts shall have a Barcol hardness of at least 90% of the resin
manufacturer's minimum specified hardness.
 Mat, cloth, or roving shall be completely free of wrinkles.
 Where carbon fibre is used:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page124
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

o the material shall be isolated from materials subject to galvanic


corrosion

o the material shall not be used for the top, exposed, or finish layer
Note: Carbon fibre is a highly conductive material.
 Where aramid fibre is used (e.g., Kevlar):

o the material shall only be used in combination with other fibres (e.g.,
glass or carbon)

o the material shall not be used where high compression loads are
expected
 The backside of fibreglass parts exposed to persons during normal operation
or maintenance activities shall be free of all loose or exposed fibres.

3. Moulded Part Finishing and Painting


 GFRP parts shall not be pulled until they have reached a minimum of 90% of
the resin manufacturer's minimum specified hardness.
 Finished parts shall be free of exposed fibres, fins, jagged and undesired
sharp edges, corners and surface imperfections (e.g., voids, pits, cracks,
crazing, pinholes, exposed fibres, discoloration, and exothermic damage)
and thoroughly cleaned after de-moulding.
 Finished parts shall be properly prepared for painting and finishing in
accordance with both the resin and coating manufacturer’s specifications.
 All structural parts shall be post-cured.

Note: All post-cured parts shall be properly supported during the post-cure
process (e.g., either leave part in mould during process or remove from mould
and place in other structure that will stabilize part size and shape).

623 VITREOUS ENAMEL

A. GENERAL
 All materials are to be in accordance with this Specification unless otherwise approved
by the Employer’s Representative or Façade Consultant.
 Vitreous Enamel manufacturer and installer shall have a minimum of 10 year
experience in the manufacture and installation.
 The cladding panel shall consist of heavy gauge vitreous enamel steel, aluminium
honeycomb core, and electro-galvanised steel backing.

B. MATERIAL PERFORMANCE
 Heavy gauge vitreous enamel steel shall be manufactured in accordance with the
following standards:
Property Standard
Resistance to Cold Citric Acid ISO 2722: 1973; Class A
Resistance to Boiling Citric Acid ISO 2742: 1983
Maximum reduction of 18.4g/m2
per 2.5 hours
Resistance to Detergents BS 1344 Part 5 (1965)
Resistance to Alkali BS 1344: Part 6 : 1971 (1988)
Resistance to Weather BS 2722
Resistance to Impact ISO 4532
The damage shall be no larger
than 2mm diameter at 20N.
Measurement of Thickness of Enamel Layer ISO 2178 & 2360
Colour ISO 7724
Continuity and Porosity ISO 8289

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page125
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

- Low Voltage Test


Continuity and Porosity ISO 2746
- High Voltage Test
Adhesion EN 10209 ; 1996
Minimum 2
Abrasion Resistance ASTM C501
Scratch Resistance of Finishes ISO 15695
Selection of Test Methods BS ISO 4528: 2000
Non-Combustibility Test for Material BS 476 : Part 4 : 1970
Vitreous Enamelled Steel Building BS 3830 : 1973
Components
Quality Assurance System Applied for BS 5750 : Part 2 : 1979
Vitreous Enamel
Cold Rolled Low Carbon Steel Flat Products BS EN 10209 : 1996
for Vitreous Enamelling
Production of Specimens for Testing BS 1344 Part 12 : 1996
Coatings on Sheet Steel
Illuminant for Colour Matching and Colour BS 950 : Part 1 : 1967 (1980)
Appraisal
Quality Systems: Model for Quality BS EN ISO 9001 : 2000
Assurance in Design, Development,
Production, Installation and Servicing
Test Method for Colour Retention of Red, ASTM C 538-64 T
Orange and Yellow Porcelain Enamels
Steel Names, Principal Symbols BS EN 10027-1
Specification for Continuous Hot Dip Zinc BS EN 10142
Coated Low Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip
for Cold Forming
Welding Consumables BS EN 440
Specification for Filler Materials for Gas BS 1543 : ISO 546
Welding
Measurement of Specular Gloss of Non- BS 3900 : Part D5
Metallic Paint Films
Practice for Operating light and water ASTM G53
Exposure Apparatus for Exposure of Non-
Metallic Materials

 The Contractor shall include all test reports to indicate compliance with standards
listed above in the tender submission. Failure to submit all the necessary reports will
be considered as non-compliance with the tender specification.
 The Contractor shall include 1000-hour salt spray test (ASTM B117) report of the
proposed panel material in the tender submission. Specimen panel of size
150mmx150mm complete with backing material for the 1000-hour salt spray tested
panel shall also be submitted.
 The gap between any two adjacent panels shall be designed to prevent any ingress of
water, dust or other material which may make cleaning difficult and cause corrosion to
the panels or fixings.

C. TOLERANCE
 Panels shall be formed to shapes and sizes as detailed in the drawings to Employer’s
Representative or Façade Consultant’s acceptance. The maximum tolerance shall be
±2mm in accordance with recognised sheet metal fabrication methods.
 The minimum thickness of heavy gauge vitreous enamel steel shall be 1.5mm.
 The vitreous enamel coating on the steel panel shall not be less than 0.4mm in
thickness.
 Horizontal alignment of the panels shall be true and straight, and there shall be no
abrupt change in alignment and a gap of not more than 20mm shall be maintained at
the joint between any two adjacent panels. The tolerance for the alignment of the
cladding shall be maximum 1mm per metre length of the panel; and the Contractor
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page126
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

shall submit details of the methodology to be employed to achieve the specified


horizontal and vertical tolerances.

D. WORKMANSHIP
 All cutting, notching and drilling of holes on the cladding panels shall be properly
prepared and treated at the factory to avoid any risk of corrosion in the future.
 The Façade Consultant reserves the right to inspect at any time before, during and
after the installation of the cladding panels and reject any panel which fails to comply
with the specification regardless of whether they have been installed. The Contractor
shall be responsible for the replacement of rejected panels and deliver them via air-
freight at his own cost.
 The Contractor shall include temporary protection of all components of the cladding
system from the time of manufacture to the time of final handing over the entire
cladding system to the Façade Consultant.
 The surface of the panels shall be cleaned and free from oil spots or traces, oxide
stains (red or black), and any other dirt particles before handing over.
 Every piece of Vitreous Enamel panel shall be inspected for defects before packaging.
No dents, prints scratches, steel faults, gas bubbles and pinholes shall be permitted on
the surface of the panels.

630 ROOFING

631 METAL ROOFING

A. GENERAL
 All materials are to be in accordance with this Specification unless otherwise approved
by the Employers’ Representatives and Façade Consultant.
 Metal roof manufacturer and installer shall have a minimum of 10 year experience in
the manufacture and installation of metal roofing.
 The metal roof shall be standing seam roof system with aluminium as topmost
sheeting.
 Roof build-up shall meet the acoustic requirement.
 Install the metal roofing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B. ROOF BUILD-UP
The general roof construction shall comprise from bottom to top:
 2 layers of 12mm thick dry board with staggered joints shall be laid above the steel
liner sheet. In addition a single layer of double-sided aluminium foil should be laid to
the manufacturers' written instruction above the gypsum board.
 A single layer of mineral wool insulation of 50mm thickness and minimum 60kg/m3 is
then laid over the aluminium foil.
 2 more layers of 12mm thick cement board with staggered joints shall be laid above
this.
 The overall thicknesses and densities of the various insulation layer shall be increased
at no additional cost, if required, to meet the Acoustics Consultant Requirements

C. TOP MOST PROFILE - MATERIAL


 The topmost profiled sheeting of aluminium self-supported standing seam roof system
manufactured from aluminium alloy AlMnlMg1 as specified in DIN 1725 (comparable
AA 3004), material thickness of 0.80mm and PVF2 2-coat finish on the exposed
surface. The profiled aluminium sheeting shall be Kalzip 65/400 or Architect-approved

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page127
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

equivalent. The colour to be approved by Architect. The material properties are as


follows:

a) Ultimate tensile strength : minimum 225N/mm2

b) 0.2% Proof Stress : minimum 200N/mm2

c) Modulus of elasticity : 70,000N/mm2


 Aluminium elements to be supplied in single length with no laps with a sheet element
cover width of 400mm and a standing seam height of 65mm. Sheets are to be laid to
meet the requirements of the building geometry. The aluminium roof elements will be
supported by and joined longitudinally with an electrically operated closure machine
over concealed extruded aluminium clips integrated into the longitudinal element
flange thereby allowing for the possibility of transmitting reaction forces resulting from
positive and/or negative loads and also accommodating unobstructed thermal
movements resulting from the specified ambient temperature range.
 The aluminium clips shall be manufactured from extruded Aluminium Alloy 6061-T6
with an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 340MPa and elongation not more
than 16% when tested according to ASTM B557. Each aluminium clip shall come with
a 5mm height black polyamide thermal barrier pad. This material shall have a
minimum tensile strength of 83Mpa and maximum tensile elongation of 10% in room
temperature. The aluminium clips shall be capable of transmitting all reaction forces
to the purlin without the aid of any other material, thus resulting in an overall “Self-
supporting standing seam roof system”.

D. TOP MOST PROFILE - FINISHING


 The profile shall have backing coat (un-exposed surface) with nominal thickness of
0.005mm with standard colour coating.
 The external finish coat shall be PVDF coating system containing at least 70%
polyvinyldiene fluoride resin by weight. The approved resin is Kynar 500® – Arkema
or Hylar 5000™.
 The external finish coat shall be 3 coat – PVDF coating system, with dry film
thickness:
 6 micron primer coat
 30 micron colour coat (25 micron minimum at any point)
 10 micron clear topcoat
 In order to minimise appearance differences; all requirements shall be processed in
one production run using the same batch of paint.
 Gloss: Standard colours will have a nominal gloss level of 20 to 35% (60o) - subject to
Architect approval.
 The coated finish for flashing and roofing sheet shall comply with the requirements of
AAMA 2605 and this Specification Clause 536 Aluminium Painting - Fluorocarbon.

E. METAL FLASHINGS
 General: The roofing system is to provide a weather tight enclosure for the building.
Wet cavities are only permitted where indicated by the Architect.
 Material shall be as follows:
 Stainless steel sheet grade 1.4301 (304) with minimum 0.8mm thick.
 Aluminium sheet with minimum anodized finish, not less than 0.4mm or
more than 1.0mm thick, with a maximum copper content of 0.25%.
 Extend flashing minimum to 150mm up to vertical when interfacing to wall, side of
dormer, chimneys.
 The flashing shall have 150mm overlap or sidelap.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page128
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

F. INSULATION
 The insulation used in the metal roofing system shall be inert, durable, rot and vermin
proof, shall not be degradable by moisture or water vapour.
 The insulation shall satisfy the fire proofing and acoustic requirements. The selected
material and its method of attachment to the supporting components shall eliminate
the risk of bulging, sagging, delamination or detachment.

G. FILLERS
 Profile Fillers
 The profile fillers type(s) supplied shall accurately match the sheet profile.
Where shown on the shop drawings and wherever necessary, corrugation
cavities shall be closed off from the outside and inside of the building.
 Ensure a tight fit and leave no gaps. The material shall be closed cell cross-
linked polyethylene with a minimum density of 0.035g/cm3. The material
shall have minimum compression strength and tearing strength of 0.4kg/cm2
and 1.2kg/cm respectively.
 Fire Resisting Profile Fillers
 The type(s) supplied by the cladding manufacturer shall accurately match the
sheet profile.
 In positions shown on Contractor's Drawing fillers shall be fixed, leaving no
gaps and using an adhesive recommended by the profile filler manufacturer.

632 SLATE ROOFS

A. GENERAL
 All materials are to be in accordance with this Specification unless otherwise approved
by the Employers’ Representatives and Façade Consultant.
 Slate roof manufacturer and installer shall have a minimum of 10 year experience in
the manufacture and installation of slate roofing.

B. ROOF BUILD-UP
The general roof construction shall comprise from bottom to top:
 A layer of timber deck shall be laid above the steel liner sheet. The timber deck should
be fully covered by the water proofing felt.
 Slate roof shall be installed of the timber deck.

C. SLATE
 Slate shall meet the requirements of Grade A1 per ASTM C-406 and Federal S-451.
 Slate tiles shall be S1 Grade, or comparable, free of defects, with punched rather than
drilled nail holes. Slate tiles shall be minimum 6mm thick.
 All slate of the one colour shall be from the same quarry. Prior to cutting slate, at
least 2 colour samples 450mmx450mm of each slate type are to be taken to show the
acceptable range of panel colour and grain.
 Following Architect approval, 4 sets of colour-matched samples are to be made and
distributed as follows.
 1set for checking at the quarry
 1set for checking at the fabrication plants
 1set for checking on site
 1set for Architect’s record/reference
 Physical and Structural Requirements

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page129
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

1. Slates shall be hard, dense, sound rock of fairly uniform thickness, not less than
6mm thick, with square cut edges. With minimum density 2700kg/m3 in
accordance with test method ASTM C97.

2. Minimum water absorption coefficient is 0.2%,

3. Slate shall be strong, with minimum breaking load through indirect stress by bend
24.0MPa, minimum breaking load through indirect stress by bending after cooling
20.0MPa.

4. Slates shall be free from ribbons, cracks, fractures, veins or clefts which may
affect the structural integrity of the slate.

5. Slates shall be free from minerals that may cause deterioration or objectionable
staining under normal environmental conditions.

6. Slates with a strong grain must be produced "on the grain", that is, the direction
of the grain of the stone must be parallel to the long dimension of the shingle.
Slates shall be randomly selected from each shipment and tested for grain
direction to ensure proper fabrication.

7. Broken corners on the exposed ends of slates are not permitted. Broken corners
on the unexposed ends may be considered cause for rejection when either the
base or leg of the right triangular piece broken off is greater than 38mm.

8. The curvature of shingles shall not exceed 3mm in 300 mm. Curved slates shall
be sheared and punched to permit them to be laid with the convex side up.

9. "Knots" and "knurls" are rounded defects that affect the smoothness of split. They
are not acceptable on any portion of the slate. Even though the slates could be
laid without consequence, if the defect were on the exposed portion, it would
cause adjacent slates to fracture when packed within the pallet or crate. Slates
with a protuberance of more than 1.5mm beyond the split surface shall be cause
for rejection.

10. Face dimensions shall not differ from those specified by more than 3mm.

11. Slates shall not have quartz veins running through them.

12. Large iron pyrites within the slates shall be cause for rejection.

13. Slates that are wedge shaped (tapering to less than 6mm in thickness) are
unacceptable.

D. FELT
 Felt shall be un-perforated asphalt saturated felts or asbestos felt.
 Felt shall be used for roofing underlayment.
 For standard slate roof, a single layer of felt should be applied. For graduated slate
roof, two layers of felt shall be applied.
 Whenever the roof angle less than 15˚, a double-layer off felt set either in mastic or
hot asphalt shall be applied to ensure a watertight roof.
 Minimum lap in between felt is 80mm and the edges of the felts shall be well secured
to the surface of timber deck.
 Felts should be lain in horizontal layers with the joints lapped toward the eaves and at
the end, with lap minimum of 80mm.
 Felt shall have a minimum of 80mm lap to the metal lining of valleys and gutters.

E. NAILS AND FASTENERS.


 All nails, screws and fasteners used for the works shall be galvanically compatible.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page130
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 All nails, screws and fasteners shall be copper or stainless steel grade 1.4401 (316) or
Façade Consultant approved.
 All nails should adequately penetrate the roof deck.

F. METAL FLASHINGS
 General: The roofing system is to provide a weather tight enclosure for the building.
Wet cavities are only permitted where indicated by the Architect.
 Material shall be as follows:
 Stainless steel sheet grade 1.4301 (304) with minimum 0.8mm thick.
 Aluminium sheet with minimum anodized finish, not less than 0.4mm or
more than 1.0 mm thick, with a maximum copper content of 0.25%.
 Extend flashing minimum to 150mm up to vertical when interfacing to wall, side of
dormer, chimneys.
 The flashing shall have 150mm overlap or sidelap.

G. VALLEY GUTTER
 Material shall be as follows:
 Stainless steel sheet grade 1.4401 (316) 2mm thick minimum.
 Aluminium sheet 3mm thick minimum with PVDF (3 coats) finish.
 Performed W-shape with centre diverter 0.5mm thick minimum. Minimum width 300
mm, height of centre diverter minimum 25 mm, edge returns minimum 25 mm, lap
joints minimum 200 mm covered with water proofing membrane at the joint.
 Valley gutter shall be fully supported by timber deck or aluminium profile.

H. INSTALLATION
 Install the slate roofing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
 All hips shall be laid to form mitred conditions.
 All ridges shall be laid to form "saddle" ridges. Nails of the combing slate shall pass
through the joints of the slates beneath.
 All valleys shall be laid to form "open" valleys.
 Slate shall project 50mm at eaves and 25mm at gable ends
 Slate shall laid in 3 layers at any point, and have 100mm headlaps for angle less than
20˚ or 80mm headlaps for angle more than 20˚, and each course shall break vertical
joints with a minimum of 80mm sidelap.
 Starter or under eave slates and slates at the ridge shall be canted 6mm by a wooden
cant strip which shall be provided by the roofer.
 Nails shall not be driven as to produce strain on slates. Nails shall be driven so that
the head is below the surface of the slate. The slate shall be loose when fully nailed. If
this is not executed properly, building movement could draw the nail head through the
slate.
 Because roofing slate varies in terms of color shade, texture and weathering
characteristics, the roofer shall draw slates from several pallets at once (shuffle) so as
to blend the material on the roof.
 Nails shall not be driven in so far as to produce an excessive strain on the slates, and
shall instead be driven to a depth such that the nail heads lie within the counter-sunk
nail hole and do not rub excessively against the overlying slates.
 Exposed nails are only permissible at the top courses where unavoidable. Exposed nail
heads shall be sealed with a lifetime-duration, clear or matching color silicone sealant.
 All penetrations such as pipes and ventilators shall have slate neatly fitted around
them.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page131
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The roofer shall build in, and place, all flashing pieces. Each course of slate shall have
step-flashing neatly woven into the slate.
 Entire surfaces of all roofs, except as noted, shall be covered with slate in a proper
and weatherproof manner. Upon completion, all slates must be sound, whole and
clean. The roof must be left watertight and neat in every respect, and subject to the
architect's approval.

640 CANOPY

641 MEMBRANE CANOPY

A. GENERAL
 Provide approved fabric systems, fabric and accessories which comply with all
performance requirements. Submit details.
 The membrane canopy manufacturer and installer shall have a minimum of 10 year
experience in the manufacture and installation of membrane canopy.
 All products shall comply with the Local Authorities Regulations.
 The fabric used shall be high quality PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) coated Glass Fibre
architectural membrane fabric.
 Products shall be reputable proprietary products, factory manufactured under ISO
9002. Submit quality assurance documentation for all products, including brought-in
products, including ISO 9002 certification and evidence of satisfactory long-term
performance in similar commercial conditions.
 Products which may be approved include those manufactured by:
 Verseidag - Germany
 Skytop from Chukoh - Japan
 Sheerfill from Saint Gobain - USA
 Tenara from WL Gore - UK

B. FABRIC MATERIAL
 Fire rated
 The material shall be inherently non-flammable, non-combustible and shall
not support a flame.
 Provide approved fire-rated fabric. Submit test results indicating fire rating
and compliance with statutory requirements. All fire rated products shall
comply with the Local Authorities Regulations.
 As a minimum, the fabric shall be treated to provide flame proofing in
compliance with BS 476 part 6 Class 0 and part 7 Class 1. Additional
requirements may apply for meeting the local authorities’ requirements.
 Patterning:
 Design: Membrane form-finding design analysis and patterning shall be by
computer finite element analysis by an experienced engineer in the field of
tensile engineering.
 Seam Layout: Submit to Architect for approvals a seam layout indicating the
proposed location of all seams to be included in the complete membrane.
 Fabric Joints:
 Joints shall be formed under pressure at the appropriate temperature and to
a tolerance of ±2mm. Adjacent panels will be overlapped, FEP ribbon
inserted between the two panels then heat a pressure applied. All excess
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page132
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

FEP ribbon, marking, etc. shall be removed from the membrane before
packing.
 The Fabricator shall carefully plan his assembly to ensure that seams are
always shingle laid and that a cut edge does not face uphill.
 Joints shall be symmetrical as specified by the cutting pattern. No short
pieces of selvage shall be permitted.
 All fabricated joints shall have a minimum of 90% of the total strength of the
coated fabric in strip tensile testing. All structural joints must be fused in
accordance with industry standards and shall maintain the integrity of the
coating so as to ensure complete isolation of the base fabric from air and
moisture.
 Hole Punching: At positions where bolt or other penetrations of the fabric is shown or
required, holes shall be punching using a sharp 1 mm oversized punch. Holes shall be
neat and have uniform edges.
 Rope Edges: Rope edges shall be formed using hard polypropylene or polyester rope
of minimum diameter 12mm. All add-on details to the fabric are to use the same
fabric jointing procedures as for structural joints.
 Packing:
 The specialist Sub-contractor shall be wholly responsible for employing
particular measures to prevent any damage occurring to the fabric coating or
to the base cloth. The fabric shall be folded in such a manner as to minimise
sharp creased and folds.
 All materials shall packed in substantial crates and shall be designed to
protect the material contained against hazard both during transit and whilst
stored at the site.
 Replacement of Fabric: Submit details of replacement procedures, including fabric size
limitations, and equipment required. Include estimated maximum lead-time required
by the fabric manufacturer to supply replacement units for each type of fabric unit.
Should the lead-time for procuring a given replacement fabric panel exceed 7 days,
replace the said panel with a temporary panel of the same dimensions and suitable
thickness while waiting for the actual replacement panel to be procured.

C. FABRIC ACCESSORIES:
 General:
 Provide approved non-cellular elastomeric extruded profiles, including
gaskets, seals and fabric accessories, required for a complete installation, in
accordance with ASTM C864. Submit details, including compatibility with
adjacent components and sealants. Indicate sizes and locations on shop
drawings.
 Extruded profiles shall be smooth, of uniform dimensions, correctly selected
for the conditions of use, and free from components likely to bleed, stain or
detrimentally affect performance of the fabric. All products shall be of ultra-
violet resistant grade.
 Membrane Plates shall be Galvanised.
 Clamp plates shall be aluminium grade AA 6061
 Cable shall be Stainless steel Grade 1.4401 (316). Treaded terminal swages.
 Quality: Submit production and test records for all products in accordance with
relevant Standards. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and pass and/or fail
rate.

D. CABLES
 General:
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page133
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Provide Local Authorities approved proprietary anchorage, with corrosion-


resistant finish, suitable for the substrates and conditions, with holding power
at least 10 x design load.
 All cable shall be 1x19 strand manufactured from grade 1.4401 (316)
stainless steel wire. The wire given on the drawings indicate the minimum
breaking load and the minimum stiffness requirement.
 Products which may be approved include those manufactured by McAlloy or
equivalent.
 Joints in Cables:
 No splicing or joining of wires, strands or ropes shall be permitted.
 Wire rope shall be packaged in coils or reels at the discretion of the
manufacturer and handled throughout in such a manner as to avoid
permanent deformation of wire, rope or strand.
 Swaged Terminals: The material, thickness and swaging system employed shall be
chosen by the Specialist Sub-contractor to achieve a breaking strength of the terminal
detail not lower than the specified minimum breaking strength of the cable.
 Shackles, Rigging Screws and Turnbuckles
 All fittings shall be manufactured form stainless steel grade 1.4401 (316).
 The strength of the shackles, rigging screws and turnbuckles etc. shall
exceed the minimum breaking load (MBL) specified on the drawings. The
shackles, rigging screws and turnbuckles etc. shall meet the tensioning and
tolerance requirements for the fitting.

E. GENERAL:
 Preparation for Installation of Fabric
 Prior to commencement of erection, the Façade Consultant is required to
check all contact surfaces to be incontact with the fabric for smoothness and
remove caused for rips or scratching during installation of the fabric panels.
 The Specialist Contractor shall provide ground sheets where the membrane is
to be dragged across a surface. Prevention of chaffing of the surface is
required at all times.
 Installation of Fabric
 The Specialist Contractor is to install fabric structure in a sequence and with
sufficient bracing to ensure stability of the structure.
 No creasing or folding of the fabric around sharp corners is to be allowed.
The fabric shall be not be abraded in any manner.
 Installation of membrane sails and associated works shall be proceed only
when existing and forecast weather will permit work to be performed in
accordance with the established procedure and schedules and in accordance
with relevant Construction Safety Acts.
 Pretension
 The structure is to be tensioned after erection to maintain a taut smooth
surface to minimum of ±10% specified pre-stress level. Ensure instrument
for measurement of pre-stressing level is approved by architect and conform
to appropriate international standard specifications. Submit subsequent
documentation to the Façade Consultant on completion.
 The fabric shall be stressed uniformly to avoid local over stresses.

642 CUSHION CANOPY

A. GENERAL:
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page134
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Provide approved cushions systems, and accessories which comply with all
performance requirements. Submit details.
 All products shall comply with the Local Authorities Regulations.
 The cushions (foils) used shall be high quality ETFE (ethylene-tetra-fluoro-ethylene)
membrane.
 The cushion canopy manufacturer and installer shall have a minimum of 10 year
experience in the manufacture and installation of cushion canopy.
 The cushion system must be certified as a class A non-Fragile Roof Assembly in
accordance with ACR (M) 001:2000-Test for Fragility of roofing assemblies.
 Pressure-inflated ‘cushions’ fixed to aluminium perimeter framing with sealed edge
clamps. The fixing of individual cushions shall be designed to allow cushions to be
replaced without disturbing adjacent cushions.
 The thickness of the foil layers and the inflation pressures of the foil cushions shall be
determined by Contractor to comply with the specified performance requirements. The
cushions may be reinforced with coated stainless steel cables where required to
comply with the specified performance requirements.
 The cushions and their associated framing and accessories shall be designed,
fabricated and installed to provide a smooth free-draining surface, with pressure caps
flush to the cushions to prevent ponding, and weather-sealed to the adjacent
construction.
 The extrusions carrying the cushions shall incorporate a secondary drainage system.
 Inflation shall be by inflation units. At least two units shall be incorporated, with each
unit capable of maintaining the cushions, which it serves at the design inflation
pressure when 10% of the cushions are damaged. The control system shall be
designed such that, at any one time, one fan is operational with the other fan on
‘stand-by’ to be used in the event of fan failure. The control system shall be designed
to ensure that should the operational unit fail than the stand by unit will cut in
automatically.
 The inflation units shall be supplied with air with humidity filters to prevent
condensation within the cushions. The filters shall have automated drainage system.
Filter cartridge shall be available for replacement in the market.
 Spare parts for the inflation units shall be readily available on the local market. In
addition, the supplier shall be required to provide training on the use and routine
maintenance of the inflation to 10 building maintenance staff over a 2-week period.
The supplier shall also be required to be available for non-casual maintenance within a
7-day period upon notification by the building management.
 The specialist contractor shall submit proposals to ensure that the middle layer is
sufficiently stressed to ensure that little or no wrinkles occur.

B. CUSHION MATERIAL
 Fire Rating
 The material shall be Class 0 or similar for surface spread of flame according
to BS 476.
 Carry out all tests required by the Local Authorities with regards to fire
resistance.
 Submit test results indicating fire rating and compliance with Local
Authorities Regulations.
 The material shall be have no burning drip and classified M2 according to NF
P 92-505.
 Handling and Storage

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page135
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 The specialist contractor shall be wholly responsible for employing particular


measures to prevent any damage occurring to the cushion (foil).
 All materials shall packed in substantial crates and shall be designed to
protect the material contained against hazard both during transit and whilst
stored at the site.
 Do not deliver to site any membrane roofing products and units which cannot
be installed immediately or unloaded into a suitable well protected storage
area.
 All products and units shall be store on level bearers clear of the ground and
separate with resilient spacers.
 Replacement of Cushions (foils): Submit details of replacement procedures, including
cushions size limitations, and equipment required. Include estimated maximum lead-
time required by the fabric manufacturer to supply replacement units for each type of
fabric unit. Should the lead-time for procuring a given replacement fabric panel
exceed 7 days, replace the said panel with a temporary panel of the same dimensions
and suitable thickness while waiting for the actual replacement panel to be procured.
 Colour patterns printed on cushions shall retain their colours for the entire warranty
period. Variations shall be no greater than 5∆E Hunter units, and shall be uniform over
the entire canopy. Provide test report on actual colour/pattern adopted for the project
confirming this resistance to fading and discolouration.

C. ACCESSORIES
 General
 Provide approved non-cellular elastomeric extruded profiles, including
gaskets, seals and fabric accessories, required for a complete installation, in
accordance with ASTM C864. Submit details, including compatibility with
adjacent components and sealants. Indicate sizes and locations on shop
drawings.
 Extruded profiles shall be smooth, of uniform dimensions, correctly selected
for the conditions of use, and free from components likely to bleed, stain or
detrimentally affect performance of the fabric. All products shall be of ultra-
violet resistant grade.
 Membrane Plates shall be stainless steel.
 Clamp plates shall be aluminium grade AA 6061
 Cable shall be Stainless steel Grade 1.4401 (316). Treaded terminal swages. Cables
shall be manufactured by McAlloy, Pfeiffer, or Façade Consultant-approved equivalent.
 Quality: Submit production and test records for all products in accordance with
relevant Standards. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and pass and/or fail
rate.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page136
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

900 EXECUTION

910 FABRICATION

A. GENERAL
 All parts of the work shall be of the materials, design, sizes and thickness herein
specified or as may be required to meet the aesthetic intent and performance criteria.
 Methods of fabrication and assembly, however, unless otherwise specifically stated,
shall be at the discretion of the façade contractor and subject to acceptance by the
Consultant with submitted shop drawings and calculations prior to any fabrication.
Remedial measures, which may be necessary on the mock-ups and on the building,
shall maintain standards of quality and durability and are subjected to acceptance by
the Consultant.
 Fabricate steel members in accordance with AISC Specification for Structural Steel
Buildings.
 The contractor shall provide an accessible plant with ample space where it can
fabricate and assemble the façade panels and store both raw materials and finished
products safely.

B. WORKMANSHIP
 All work shall be done by competent workmen thoroughly skilled in the trade.
 Use no materials, equipment or practices that may adversely affect the functioning,
appearance and durability of the completed work and related construction.
 The work shall be accomplished in compliance with the specified criteria without
buckling, opening of joints, undue stress on fasteners, sealants and gaskets, opening
of welds, cracking of glass, leakage, noises or other harmful effects.

C. JOINTS IN METAL WORK


 All exposed work shall be carefully matched to produce continuity of color, line and
design and all joints, unless otherwise shown or specified, shall be accurately fitted
and rigidly secured.
 Any exposed edges shall be finished to match face of work (e.g. edges of mullions at
expansion joints, etc.). Joinery intended to be "in plane" shall not vary from true
alignment by more than 0.8mm. Offset in glazing rebate shall not be greater than
0.8mm.
 All joint intersections shall be buttered with sealant prior to assembly, then fillet
sealed on non-exposed areas or application of sealant tape of NORSEAL V710 and seal
all screw penetration heads.
 No visible sealant at canopy, beam fascia and soffits will be permitted.
 Pre-assembled inside and outside corners at louvers, glass walls etc. shall utilise
alignment keys and corner splices

D. SHOP ASSEMBLY
 As far as practicable, all fitting and assembly work shall be done in the shop with pre-
assembled corner units where shown on drawings.

E. EXPOSED FASTENERS
 Exposed fasteners on finished surfaces will not be permitted unless otherwise shown
on the approved drawings, or specified.
 All decorative (exposed) fasteners to be submitted for the Consultant’s approval.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page137
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

F. PROTECTION OF METALS
 Protection against galvanic action shall be provided wherever dissimilar metals are in
contact. Painting the contact surfaces with two heavy coats of bituminous paint or an
appropriate sealant or tape or other approved galvanic isolator
 All metals, except stainless steel, which are to be in contact with concrete, mortar or
plaster, shall have the contact surfaces protected with two heavy coats of bituminous
paint.

920 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND TOLERANCES

A. GENERAL
 Commencing installation will be construed as complete acceptance of substrates and
site conditions, including acceptance of reference lines and marks, and embeds in
base-structure. Submit certification of acceptance of substrates and conditions.
 All substrates, penetrations and adjacent work, including levels and tolerances, shall
be "as-found". Provide all preparation and rectification required, if any, including all
work required to comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
 Do not commence installation unless all substrate conditions are strictly in compliance.
Where substrate conditions are not in compliance, notify Main contractor immediately
and obtain instructions.
 Install work in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES:
 Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and install work within the tolerances
given in Section 460-Tolerance.

930 SEALANT APPLICATION

A. GENERAL
 Comply with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations regarding surface
preparation, priming, shelf-life, sealant bead application, depth, and the acceptable
range in surface temperature at time of application and for a period of at least twelve
hours following sealant application.
 Joints shall be prepared and sealed on the same working day.
 Provide elastomeric sealant of depth not greater than the joint width, and not less
than half the joint width or 6mm, whichever is the greater.
 Sealant shall not be applied when substrates are wet or when the temperature is
below 5°C

B. PROOF OF SUPPLY SHELF LIFE:


 Purchase dockets for all sealants are to be kept by the Façade contractor, and
endorsed by the original sealant manufacturer.
 For weather sealant, all empty sealant cartridges are to be cut in half and checked off
against a copy of the original purchase order. The quality plan is to address these
activities.
 Ensure that remaining shelf life of products is more than 6 months within the likely
installation period. Confirm expiration dates with manufacturer.

C. CLEANING

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page138
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of backer rod and again before
applying the sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Remove all foreign
matter such as dust, oil, grease, dirt, laitance, insecure coatings, moisture and other
substances which could interfere with sealant bond.
 Remove protective tape or removable films and ensure that no residue remains.
 Joint areas to be protected with masking shall be cleaned before application of tape or
film.
 Glass and aluminium:

o Cleaning compounds shall be applied with clean lint-free cloths.

o A two-wipe method of application shall be employed, where one cloth


is used to wipe the surface dry and clean, and the second is used to
apply the cleaning compound.

o The cleaning compound shall not be allowed to air-dry on the


substrate.
 Porous substrates, concrete, masonry, sandstone:

o Clean where necessary by grinding, mechanical abrasion, detergent


washing or a combination of methods to ensure a clean sound interface.

o Remove laitance mechanically. Remove formwork oils by blast cleaning.


Remove loose particles that remain in joints following mechanical
surface preparation by blasting with oil-free compressed air.

o Clean and etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by


sealant manufacturer.

D. PRIMING, ETCHING AND SEALING


 Prime or seal joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not
allow primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. Areas adjacent to joints
to be sealed shall be protected where there is a likelihood that contamination by
cleaning compound, primer or sealant could occur.
 If recommended by the sealant manufacturer, roughen surfaces to remove protective
coatings or imperfections which may prohibit provision of clean, sound base surface
for sealant adhesion.

E. INSTALLATION OF SEALANT ACCESSORIES


 Backer rod: Install sealant backer rod for liquid elastomeric sealants, except where
otherwise indicated, or not recommended by sealant manufacturer, at a proper depth
to provide sealant bead profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. Backer material
shall be of an appropriate size and shape and shall be compressed between 25% and
50% when installed.
 Bond-breaker tape: Install bond-breaker tape where indicated and where required by
the manufacturer’s recommendations to ensure the proper performance of elastomeric
sealants.

931 GLAZING (STRUCTURAL SEALANT)

A. GLAZING
 Supply glazing units factory pre-glazed in accordance with BS952 or AS1288. No site
glazing or re-glazing shall take place unless approved in writing.
 Installation of each glass component shall be watertight and airtight and withstand all
required temperature changes and wind loading without failure, including loss or

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page139
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets, deterioration of glazing materials and


other defects.
 Install glass with correct edge distances at all rebates. Protect glass from edge work
damage during handling and installation.
 Install glass so that base-structure movement loads and deflections are not
transferred to the glass.
 Surfaces to receive glazing materials shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, oil and other
foreign materials.
 Provide temporary marking, if required, with an approved removable marking for
visibility during construction, by a method that does not harm the glass, and remove
all traces on completion.
 Perform required cutting, holing, obscuring and other required processes on glass.

B. EXPERIENCE OF GLAZIERS
 Experienced personnel who have pre-qualified for the type of work undertaken shall
carry out glazing. An approved glazing supervisor shall supervise all work.
 Details and experience of each glazier shall be recorded in the logbook. Samples of
each glazier's work shall be periodically removed for testing (Refer to clause 335-
Silicone Sealant).
 Maintain a glazing logbook on a daily basis for all glazing and submit progressively.
The glazing logbook shall be available for inspection at any time without notice.

C. SITE GLAZING
 Site glazing shall be carried out by approved glaziers under the supervision of the
factory supervisor as for factory glazing in accordance with BS952 or AS 1288.
 Approval will not be given for structural site glazing unless:
 The design provides for independent support of the glass until the structural
adhesive has fully cured.
 The manufacturer certifies in writing the suitability and experience of
individual glaziers.
 Check and confirm all dimensions on site before ordering or cutting glass. Check that
openings are square, and in required plane. Rectify defects prior to glazing.
 Ensure that all weep holes and drainage channels are unobstructed and free of debris
including alkaline material likely to etch glass.
 On completion replace damaged glass and leave the work clean, polished, free from
defects, and in good condition.
 Warranty for the warranty period must be obtained from sealant manufacturer for all
site glazing.
 All site structural glazing locations shall be recorded in the glazing logbook.

D. GLAZING LOGBOOKS
 In addition to the requirements for the glazing logbook, maintain on a daily basis and
submit progressively structural glazing logbooks. As a minimum the logbook shall
contain:
 Date
 Name of glazier
 Individual panel numbers glazed / intended location of installed work
 Sealant manufacturer and type, colour and batch number
 Daily air temperature inside and outside the factory. Temperature and
humidity in glazing room and sealant storage area (if different).

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page140
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Tape and accessory manufacturers and types.


 Test results, including "skin over", "de-glaze, and "hand pull" results, as
applicable
 Glazing supervisor's verification
 Identification number of each structural glazed unit and its location in the
building
 The production lot numbers of the structural sealant used on each unit
 The units subjected to site adhesion tests, and the test results
 Site glazed or re-glazed units, if any
 Adhesion test results at the base metal/coating interface
 Adhesion test results at the coating/sealant interface
 Quality of completed units on a statistically valid basis

E. STRUCTURAL GLAZING WORKMANSHIP


 The dead load of the glass shall be fully supported by setting blocks in the installed
position, and fully engaged with the setting blocks prior to the application of structural
adhesive.
 The profile of structural adhesive and the methods of application shall enable the
quality of adhesive to be inspected after application.

F. CERTIFICATION

In addition to requirements of Clause 335: Certification, submit certificate verifying:

1. The assembled frame provides for the required glazing clearances and tolerances
and maximum and minimum joint configurations, having regard to the bow, warp
and kink characteristics of the required glass types, and are properly prepared for
glazing.

2. The adhesive bond of the structural adhesive has been satisfactorily tested on a
contact surface of the actual framing system.

3. The test values obtained.

4. The requirement for primers (if any).

5. Recommended procedures for factory and site glazing and site re-glazing,
including maximum and minimum joint configurations, clearances, dimensions
and the like.

6. That the glaziers are qualified to apply the structural glazing adhesive and are
experienced in its use.

940 FAÇADE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL
 Install the façade system in accordance with shop drawings and prototypes to comply
with all performance requirements, Codes and Standards and the requirements of the
relevant local authorities.
 Install the façade system plumb, level and true to line within required tolerances, and
suitably anchored to the base-structure.

B. LOADS

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page141
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Ensure that no loads from, due to or generated by the base-structure are transferred
to the façade system, including loads resulting from short or long term structural
deflection or shortening of slabs/columns or beams.
 Commencement of façade installation will be subject to the approval of the structural
engineer.

C. TRIM
 Install all required flashings, trim and seal to ensure the finished work is weatherproof
and waterproof.
 Do not fix through top of capping.

D. SITE MODIFICATIONS
 Finished work that contains unauthorised site modifications, or work that is not in
accordance with the approved shop drawings, may be required to be removed and
replaced.
 No unauthorised work will be allowed during the installation of all the façade works.

E. STAGED COMPLETION
 Façade shall be installed in an orderly sequence. Where practical, façade shall be
completed and closed off on a floor-by-floor basis.
 Provide temporary flashings at the end of every day over the last completed floor to
waterproof and weatherproof the enclosed work. Remove temporary flashing before
proceeding with subsequent work.
 Sections of façade, louver, grille and cladding which are left open for any reason, shall
be designed in accordance with the design wind serviceability load with an allowance
for wind funnelling through the base-structure.

F. HARDWARE
 Install all hardware and accessories including but not limited to latches, locks, openers
and remote controllers.
 Fit insect screens where supplied.
 Opening units shall be checked to ensure that operation is full, free and smooth, and
that all operable hardware, locks and controllers are operating properly and smoothly.

G. DRAINAGE
 Construct joint system and associated flashings to ensure that all moisture and
condensation, which penetrates the joint system, is drained and discharged to the
outside face of the façade.
 Ensure that drainage paths are continuous.
 Ensure that weep-holes are located to prevent staining of finished surfaces.

H. VAPOUR BARRIER
 Where required, install a cavity membrane / vapour barrier to face of sub-framing in
accordance with approved shop drawings.
 Seal all penetrations and through fixings, and ensure continuous barrier to prevent
passage of moisture to the inside of the façade system.

I. SUB-FRAMING BY OTHERS:
 Where others have installed any sub-framing, the façade contractor is required to
inspect the sub-framing before fixing any façade element, to ensure that sub-framing
is plumb, level and aligned with required tolerances. Any defects that may require
remedial work shall be brought to the attention of the Main contractor. No claim for

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page142
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

extra payment nor extension of time will be allowed on the grounds of the façade
contractors ignorance or disregard to this requirement.
 Submit certificate by licensed surveyor to confirm that base framing is in the correct
locations and to the required tolerances prior to commencement of installation.

J. OTHERS
 Exposed sealants will not be approved, except where indicated on approved shop
drawings.
 Provide temporary marking of glass (if necessary). Use a soluble marking compound
and remove all traces on completion. Do not use lime or advertising stickers.

950 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

A. MATERIAL PROTECTION
 Before, during and after installation on a unit-by-unit basis, the façade contractor shall
provide all necessary protection for all exposed members/components of the façade to
both the interior and exterior.
 Protection film shall be as recommended by the glass, aluminium and paint finish
manufacturer.
 The façade contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all uninstalled works
and completed works before Substantial Completion or Handover to Employer,
whichever is earlier. Upon completion of works, the Façade contractor shall provide
protection to the completed works to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative
or Architect of Façade Consultant.
 Joint inspection shall be carried out by the Main contractor and Façade contractor, and
shall record that the works have been suitably protected. Should any damage
incurred to the protection before Substantial Completion or Handover to Employer,
whichever is earlier, the Main contractor has the duty to inform the Façade contractor
to make good the protection at once. Should any damage incurred to the damaged
works before Substantial Completion or Handover to Employer, a fair judgement shall
be made by the Employer’s Representative or Façade consultant, at the request of the
Main contractor or Façade contractor as to who should be responsible for the incurred
damage.
 When directed by the Main contractor, the Façade contractor shall remove the
protective film and clean the exposed surfaces.
 The Façade contractor is to ensure that he will have sufficient stock of the various
types of glass used in the Sub-contract works on hand for the purpose of replacement
of breakage of glass immediately upon being informed. Should there be any dispute as
to which party will be liable or responsible for the breakage; the matter will be settled
only after replacement.
 Glazed openings shall be identified by suitable warning tapes or flags that could be
attached to the framing of the opening, with a non-staining adhesive (or similar).
Tapes or flags shall not be in contact with the glass.

B. PROGRESSIVE CLEANING
 Clean the work area and progressively remove debris, waste, excess materials and the
like from the work area on a daily basis and maintain the works areas allocated for
this contract in a state of cleanliness at all times.

C. FINAL CLEANING
 Immediately before handover of the façade works to the Employer, clean the work
area thoroughly and clean the interior and exterior of the finished work to remove all
Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page143
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

marks, soiling, stains and the like. Exterior final clean should include a pre-rinse
water spray to remove any abrasive particles prior to the use of T-bars for cleaning
with mild detergent solution.
 The Façade contractor must provide written verification that cleaning agents are
compatible with finished aluminium, glass, glazing materials and sealants.
 Finished work shall be free from defects and mechanical imperfections such as
scratches, scrapes, dents, and abrasion.
 The Façade contractor shall report to the Main contractor when he requires no further
access to a floor or particular area for the installation of the Façade. The Main
contractor shall provide any such additional protection or supervision of other trades
as may be required to protect the installation from damage.

D. ADJACENT WORK BY OTHERS


 At the completion of all adjacent work by others, including services work, attend the
site, inspect the work areas generally, and repair all damage, complete or make good
finishing, trimming and sealing, and replace any damaged or dislodged work.

E. COMMISSIONING
 At completion of installation, commission, test and adjust as required, all manual and
mechanical operating components in all functional modes.

F. ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
 At completion of installation, wrap or cover architectural finishes to avoid soiling,
damage, or wear and tear during subsequent building activities. Otherwise, clean and
maintain finished work as frequently as necessary throughout remainder of
construction period.
 Protection shall be designed for removal without damage to finished surfaces. Any
damaged to finishes shall be required/replaced at no additional cost to the Employer.

G. GLASS
 The façade contractor shall be responsible for removal and replacement of any glass
that is broken, cracked, abraded, chipped, scratched, etched, stained, or damaged in
other ways during installation or before hand over.

H. HANDOVER
 Immediately before the time of final acceptance, the Façade contractor shall
demonstrate proper cleaning methods to the Employers maintenance personnel.
 Prepare a “Cleaning and Maintenance Manual” listing the types of cleaning
components, cleaning methods, and the types of sealants and glazing materials to be
used in the repair and maintenance of the work.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page144
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

APPENDIX

APPENDIX ‘A’ - MATERIALS FINISHES SCHEDULE

A. FAÇADE GLASS

 The following table shows the different configurations of glass types. Glass thickness is indicative only, and is to serve as minimum requirements
based on average wind load to the façade, glazing in areas of higher wind pressure may be required to be thicker.
 Final sizes must satisfy all relevant codes, as well as the performance criteria of this Specification including deflection, thermal breakage, live loading,
acoustics, thermal performance, etc

U –Value
Glass ILR ELR VLT
Location Glass Type Glass Make Up SC W/m²K
Code (max) (max) (min)
(max)

10mm CLEAR HS WITH


GL01 SOFTCOAT LOW-E
WT-1A, WT-1B, IGU, 28mm
COATING ON #2 + ≤ 0.45 ≤ 1.60 < 15% < 20% 40-60%
Vision WT-1C, WT-1D thick
12mm AS + 6mm
CLEAR HS U=1.718 W/m2.K ; SC=0.287 (SHGC = SC X 0.87)

10mm CLEAR HS WITH


GL02 WT-1A, WT-1B, SOFTCOAT LOW-E
IGU, 28mm
WT-1C, WT-1D, COATING ON #2 + ≤ 0.45 ≤ 1.60 < 15% < 20% 40-60%
Spandrel thick
WT-1E, WT-2A 12mm AS + 6mm
CLEAR HS

WT-2B, WT-2C, 10mm Clear HS +


Laminated,
GL03 WT-2D, WT-4A, 1.52mm SGP + 10mm - - - - -
21.52mm thick
WT-4B Clear HS

Laminated Low- 10mm Low-iron Clear


GL04 GR-01 - - - - -
Iron Glass, HS + 1.52mm SGP +

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: i
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

U –Value
Glass ILR ELR VLT
Location Glass Type Glass Make Up SC W/m²K
Code (max) (max) (min)
(max)
21.52mm thick 10mm Low-iron Clear
HS

10mm Low-iron Clear


Laminated Low-
HS (with 40% ceramic
iron, 21.52mm
GL05 CAN-01, CAN-02 frit dots on #2) + - - - - -
thick (with
1.52mm SGP + 10mm
ceramic frit)
Low-iron Clear HS

10mm Low-iron Clear


Laminated Low-
WT-4A Entrance HS + 1.52mm SGP +
GL06 Iron Glass, - - - - -
Doors 10mm Low-iron Clear
21.52mm thick
HS

10mm Clear HS +
Laminated,
GL07 WT-2A 1.52mm SGP + 10mm - - - - -
21.52mm thick
Clear HS

Laminated 10mm Clear HS (with


21.52mm thick 40% ceramic frit dots
GL08 SKY-01 - - - - -
(with ceramic on #2) + 1.52mm SGP
frit) + 10mm Clear HS

Note:
 SC = Shading Coefficient
 ILR = Internal Glass Reflectivity
 ELR = External Glass Reflectivity
 VLT = Visible Light Transmission
 HS = Heat Strengthened
 Acoustic performance of the glass is to comply with the Acoustic Consultant’s specification.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: ii
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

 Blast requirements of the glass are to comply with the Blast Consultant’s specification.

B. ALUMINIUM FEATURES – (INCLUDING FEATURES)


 Exposed external aluminium finishes to be PVDF (3-coat 1-bake system) coated, colour as directed by the Architect. Make allowance for metallic
colours.
 Exposed internal aluminium finishes to be Powder Coating (compliance with Class 3 – Qualicoat or AAMA 2605) coated. Colour as directed by the
Architect. Make allowance for metallic colours.
 All aluminium in non-vision areas (example: Flashings, etc) shall be in clear anodized minimum of 10 micron finish.

MTL01: White, to match RAL 9010 (PVDF)


MTL02: White, to match RAL 9010 (Powder Coating)

C. BACKPANS
 All back pans to be polyester powder coated aluminium (min. 2mm thick) unless noted otherwise with 50m thick insulation as specified in the relevant
section of this specification. Colour to be as directed by the Architect.
MTL03: TBD, for curtain wall shadow box (Powder Coating)

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: iii
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

APPENDIX ‘B’ – BUILDING REQUIREMENTS

A. STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
 Building construction tolerances shall generally comply with BS 5606 - 'Guide to
Accuracy in building'.
 Design the façade system to accommodate the absolute relative vertical deflections and
horizontal movements that may occur due to building movement.
 The following is a minimum general guideline. Please refer to the structural engineers
details.
 Inter-storey differential vertical movement (due to transient loads): ± 15mm
 Column shortening due to superimposed dead load and live load: 35mm.
 Inter-storey differential lateral movement due to wind load in any direction: 3.0
mm maximum.
 Inter-storey differential lateral movement due to wind load in any direction:
26.0 mm maximum.
 The allowance shall be additional to that for concrete tolerance. The system shall be
designed to accommodate the worst possible combination of effects.
 Concrete grade:
 1st – 9th Level (Parking Areas): 45MPa
 10th Level and above (Office Areas): 35MPa

B. ME REQUIREMENTS (LOUVER REQUIREMENTS)


 Weather-proof air intake or exhaust louvre at external wall shall be based on the
following parameters:
 Free area (free air path area) not less than 35% of the overall face area.
 Pressure drop of not higher than 50 Pa at designed air flow.
 Air velocity through free air path not higher than 4 m/s for air intake to
minimise rain water drawn in.
 Air velocity through free air path not higher than 5 m/s for air exhaust.

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: iv
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

APPENDIX ‘C’ - DRAWING + CALCULATION SUBMISSION

The following is a minimum numbers of submission.

Drawings Submission Required:

No. of A1 No. of A3 No. of


Stages
Hardcopy Hardcopy Softcopy

Tender Submission
- 3 -

Shop Drawings Submission


4 3 -
(for checking)

Approved Shop Drawings 5 4 3

As Built Drawings 6 5 5

Calculation Submission Required

No. of A4
Stages
Hardcopy

Tender Submission
1

Calculation Submission
1
(for checking)

As Built Drawings 1

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: v
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

APPENDIX ‘D’ - TESTING SCHEDULE AND PERFORMANCE PROTOTYPE TESTING

See attached Testing Schedule indicating scope of Prototype Performance Testing and other
testing.

No. Test Contractor Submission Status

1 Cast-In Channels Test


2 Anchoring Test
3 Performance Mock-Up
 Pre-Load
 Air Infiltration
 Static Water
 Dynamic Water
 Structural Performance
 Repeat Static Water
 BMU Restraint
 Racking Test (up and down)
 Racking Test (left and right)
 Repeat Static Water
 Degradation Test
 Structural Safety Test
 Thermal Cycle Test
 Condensation Test
4 Sealant Compatibility Test
5 Structural Silicone
 Butterfly (2 Part)
 Peel
 Snap
 Adhesion
 Deglaze
 Box Test (Load Test)
6 BMU Tie Back
7 Glass
 Heat Soak Test
 Roller Wave Distortion
 Distortion (Normal)
8 Screw Race Pull-Out
9 Weld Testing
10 Acoustic Test

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: vi
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Full Size Performance Mock-up Tests Required:

- as indicated in the drawings below:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: vii
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Full Visual Mock-Up:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: viii
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

- as indicated in the drawings below:

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: ix
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: x
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

APPENDIX ‘E’ - MATERIALS OFFERED LIST


To be completed by Façade contractor at the time of tender

Product Name, Type, Source Country, Fabrication


Material or Component
Location.
Glass
 GL01
 GL02
 GL03
 GL04
 GL05
 GL06
 GL07
 GL08

Aluminium Extrusions
 Extruder
 Internal Extrusion Finishes
 External Extrusion Finishes
 Unexposed Extrusion Finishes

Aluminium Panels
 Aluminium Panels
 Panel Finishes
 Backpans

Louvres
 Aluminium Louver Extrusion
 Stainless Steel Mesh

Ironmongery
 Automatic Sliding Door
 Swing Door Hinge
 Door Closer

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: xi
Viet Capital Center, Ho chi Minh, Vietnam
Façade Specifications – 16 May 2016

Accessories
 Insulation
 Firestop
 Smokeseal
 Internal Lining
 Weather Sealant
 Structural Silicone
 Gaskets
 Flashing

Fixings
 Cast-in channel
 Concrete Anchors
 Brackets
 Bolt & Nuts
 Screws
 Tie Rod

Steel Frames
 Steel Sub-Frame
 Steel Portal at Main Entrance

Point Fixed System

Project. No. MFTH-14-80007

Z:MYDOCUMENTSCENTER/FAÇADE/MFT 002 (160516 MFTH-14-80007 Viet Capital Centre HCMC Vietnam - Facade Specifications) RG/MWW Page: xii
Meinhardt Façade Technology (S) Pte Ltd
168 Jalan Bukit Merah
#05-01 Surbana One
Singapore 150168

T: +65 6238 9730 I F: +65 6736 1542


www.meinhardtgroup.com I www.mfaçade.com

You might also like